LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8...

88
Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8 8/2 Introduction 3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches 8/4 Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches 8/14 General data 3SE5, plastic enclosures 8/20 - Enclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047 8/24 - Enclosure width 50 mm 8/28 - Ambient temperature up to –40 °C 3SE2, plastic enclosures 8/30 - Enclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041 3SE5, metal enclosures 8/34 - Enclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041 8/38 - Enclosure width 56 mm 8/42 - Ambient temperature up to –40 °C 3SE2, metal enclosures 8/44 - Enclosure width 56 mm 3SE3, metal enclosure 8/47 - Compact design with molded cable 8/48 3SE5, open-type design 8/49 Accessories and Spare Parts With Separate Actuator 8/52 General data 8/54 3SE5, plastic enclosures 8/55 3SE5, metal enclosures 8/56 Accessories 8/57 3SE2, plastic enclosures With Solenoid Interlocking 8/58 General data 8/61 3SE5, plastic enclosures 8/62 3SE5, metal enclosures 8/63 Accessories 8/64 3SE2, metal enclosures Hinge Switches 8/65 General data 8/66 3SE5, plastic enclosures 8/67 3SE5, metal enclosures 8/68 3SE2, plastic enclosures For Explosion Protection (ATEX) 8/69 3SE5, metal enclosures 3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches 8/73 General data 8/74 Plastic enclosures 8/76 Metal enclosures With Separate Actuator 8/78 General data 8/79 Plastic enclosures 8/80 Metal enclosures With Solenoid Interlocking 8/82 General data 8/83 Plastic enclosures 8/84 Metal enclosures Hinge Switches 8/85 Plastic enclosures 8/86 Metal enclosures 3SE6 Magnetically Operated Switches 8/87 Magnetic monitoring systems Technical Information can be found at www.siemens.com/industrial-controls/ support under Product List - Technical Specifications under Entry List - Updates - Downloads - FAQ - Manuals - Characteristic curves - Certificates and at www.siemens.com/industrial-controls/ configurators - Configurators Note: For safety characteristics for position switches and hinge switch- es, see Appendix "Standards and Approvals" Detecting Devices © Siemens AG 2010

Transcript of LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8...

Page 1: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

Siemens LV 1 · 2010

88/2 Introduction

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches8/4 Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches8/14 General data

3SE5, plastic enclosures8/20 - Enclosure width 31 mm according to

EN 500478/24 - Enclosure width 50 mm8/28 - Ambient temperature up to –40 °C

3SE2, plastic enclosures8/30 - Enclosure width 40 mm according to

EN 500413SE5, metal enclosures

8/34 - Enclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/38 - Enclosure width 56 mm8/42 - Ambient temperature up to –40 °C

3SE2, metal enclosures8/44 - Enclosure width 56 mm

3SE3, metal enclosure8/47 - Compact design with molded cable8/48 3SE5, open-type design8/49 Accessories and Spare Parts

With Separate Actuator8/52 General data8/54 3SE5, plastic enclosures8/55 3SE5, metal enclosures8/56 Accessories8/57 3SE2, plastic enclosures

With Solenoid Interlocking8/58 General data8/61 3SE5, plastic enclosures8/62 3SE5, metal enclosures8/63 Accessories8/64 3SE2, metal enclosures

Hinge Switches8/65 General data8/66 3SE5, plastic enclosures8/67 3SE5, metal enclosures8/68 3SE2, plastic enclosures

For Explosion Protection (ATEX)8/69 3SE5, metal enclosures

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches8/73 General data8/74 Plastic enclosures8/76 Metal enclosures

With Separate Actuator8/78 General data8/79 Plastic enclosures8/80 Metal enclosures

With Solenoid Interlocking8/82 General data8/83 Plastic enclosures8/84 Metal enclosures

Hinge Switches8/85 Plastic enclosures8/86 Metal enclosures

3SE6 Magnetically Operated Switches8/87 Magnetic monitoring systems

Technical Informationcan be found at www.siemens.com/industrial-controls/supportunder Product List - Technical Specificationsunder Entry List - Updates - Downloads - FAQ - Manuals - Characteristic curves - Certificatesand at www.siemens.com/industrial-controls/configurators- Configurators

Note:For safety characteristics for position switches and hinge switch-es, see Appendix � "Standards and Approvals"

Detecting Devices

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 2: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

Detecting Devices

Introduction

8/2 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

✔ = Available -- Not available

3SE5 23., 3SF1 2.4

3SE5 24., 3SF1 244

3SE5 11., 3SF1 114

3SE5 12., 3SF1 124

3SE5 232, 3SF1 2.4

3SE5 112, 3SF1 1.4

3SE5 250

Position switches, standard Hinge switches Open-type

EnclosuresPlastic ✔ ✔ -- -- ✔ -- ✔

Metal ✔ -- ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 31 × 68 × 33 50 × 53 × 33 40 × 78 × 38 56 × 78 × 38 31 × 68 × 33 40 × 78 × 38 30 × 48,5 × 20

Degree of protection IP65, IP66/IP67

IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP65 IP66/IP67 IP10 or IP20

StandardsIEC 60947-5-1

Mounting and operating points acc. to EN 50047

Operating points acc. to EN 50047

Mounting and operating points acc. to EN 50041

Operating points acc. to EN 50041

Mounting and operating points acc. to EN 50047

Mounting and operating points acc. to EN 50041

Mounting and operating points acc. to EN 50047

Approvals CE, UL, CSA, CCC CE, UL, CSA, CCC CE, UL, CSA, CCCContact blocks2 slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC -- 1 NO + 1 NC2 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC2 snap-action contacts, short stroke 1 NO + 1 NC ✔ -- ✔

2 snap-action contacts with 2 × 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC ✔ -- ✔

3 slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC, 2 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 2 NC, 2 NO + 1 NC -- 1 NO + 2 NC• With make-before-break 1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC -- 1 NO + 2 NC3 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NCSpecial featuresLED status display ✔ ✔ ✔ --Increased corrosion protection ✔ ✔ ✔ --Explosion protection (ATEX) -- ✔ -- ✔ --ASIsafe integrated ✔ ✔ ✔ --Electrical specificationsInsulation voltage Ui 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 VConventional thermal current Ithe 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6 ATerminalsCable entry 1 × M20 × 1.5 2 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5 3 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5 --M12 connector socket 4-, 5- or 8-pole ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ --Connector socket, 6-pole + PE -- -- ✔ ✔ -- -- --ActuatorsRounded plungers and roller plung-ers

✔ ✔ -- ✔

Roller and angular roller levers ✔ ✔ -- --Spring rod ✔ ✔ -- --Twist levers and rod actuators ✔ ✔ -- --Fork lever -- ✔ -- --Hinges for mounting -- -- ✔ --PageComplete units 8/20 8/24 8/34 8/38, 8/44 8/66 8/67 8/48Modular system 8/22 8/26 8/36 8/40 -- -- --Ambient temperature –40 °C 8/28 8/28 8/42 8/42 -- -- --ASIsafe 8/74 8/74 8/76 8/76 8/85 8/86 --ATEX -- -- 8/69 8/69 -- 8/72 --

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 3: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

Detecting Devices

Introduction

8/3Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

✔ Available -- Not available

Note: For safety characteristics see "Appendix" � "Standards and approvals" � "Overview"

3SE5 232, 3SE5 242, 3SF1 2.4

3SE5 112, 3SE5 122, 3SF1 1.4

3SE5 322, 3SE5 312, 3SF1 3.4

3SE6

Position switches with separate actuator

Position switches with solenoid interlocking

Magnetically operated switches

EnclosuresPlastic ✔ -- ✔ ✔

Metal ✔ ✔ ✔ --Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 31 × 68 × 33,

50 × 53 × 3340 × 78 × 38, 56 × 78 × 38

54 × 185 × 44 M30 × 44, 19 × 33 × 13, 25 × 88 × 13

Degree of protection IP65, IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP67StandardsIEC 60947-5-1

Mounting acc. to EN 50047

Mounting acc. to EN 50041

EN 1088, GS-ET 19

Category 3 or 4 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1)

Approvals CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC CE, TÜV, UL, CSAContact blocks2 slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- --2 snap-action contacts -- -- --3 slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- --3 snap-action contacts -- -- --6 slow-action contacts -- 2 × (1 NO + 2 NC) --Reed contacts -- -- 1 NO + 1 NC,

2 NCSpecial featuresLED status display ✔ ✔ --Increased corrosion protection ✔ ✔ --Explosion protection (ATEX) ✔ -- --ASIsafe integrated ✔ ✔ --Electrical specificationsInsulation voltage Ui 400 V 400 V --Conventional thermal current Ithe 6 A 6 A --TerminalsCable entry 1 × M20 × 1.5,

2 × M20 × 1.51 × M20 × 1.5, 3 × M20 × 1.5

3 × M20 × 1.5 --

M12 connector socket, 4 or 5-pole ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Molded cables -- -- -- ✔

AS-Interface ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ (through I/O module)ActuatorsSeparate actuators ✔ ✔ --PageComplete units 8/54 8/55 8/61, 8/62 --Modular system -- -- -- 8/87ASIsafe 8/79 8/80 8/83, 8/84 8/87ATEX -- 8/72 -- --

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 4: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/4 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

3SE2 ---> 3SE5 position switches

Position switches from the 3SE2 series can be converted to the new switches of the 3SE5 series with the help of this table.

In the 3SE5 series you can choose between complete units and the modular system (basic switch and operating mechanism are available separately) (see page 8/19).

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, plastic enclosure3SE2 200-0C 3SE5232-0BC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-0D 3SE5232-0BD03 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --3SE2 200-0DV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD04 --

3SE2 200-0E 3SE5232-0BE10 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 200-0EV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AE11 --

3SE2 200-0F 3SE5232-0BF10 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 200-0G 3SE5232-0BK21 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-0GV00-0AG7 -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA22

3SE2 200-0L -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 200-0M -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 200-0MV00-0AA3 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD11 --

3SE2 200-0S -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA81

3SE2 200-0U 3SE5232-0BK50 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 200-0UV00-0AG7 -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA513SE2 200-0V -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 200-0W -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA823SE2 200-0WV00-0AH0 -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA823SE2 200-0WV00-0AL8 -- 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA83

3SE2 200-0XC 3SE5232-0BC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-0XG 3SE5232-0BK21 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-0XJ 3SE5232-0BD03 3SE5232-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 200-1C 3SE5232-0HC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-1CV00-0AC4 3SE5234-0HC05-1AC4 -- -- --3SE2 200-1CV00-0AH0 3SE5232-0HC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-1CV00-0AH1 3SE5232-0HC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-1CV01 3SE5232-0FC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-1CV02 3SE5232-0GC05 -- -- --

3SE2 200-1D 3SE5232-0HD03 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --3SE2 200-1DV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AD04 --3SE2 200-1DV00-0AC4 3SE5234-0HD03-1AC4 3SE5234-0HC05-1AC4 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 200-1E 3SE5232-0HE10 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 200-1EV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AE11 --3SE2 200-1EV00-0AC4 -- 3SE5234-0HC05-1AC4 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 200-1EV00-0AG5 3SE5232-0HE10 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 200-1EV00-0AK0 3SE5232-0CE12-1CA0 3SE5232-0CC05-1CA0 3SE5000-0AE12 --

3SE2 200-1F 3SE5232-0HF10 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --3SE2 200-1FV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AF11 --

3SE2 200-1G 3SE5232-0HK21 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-1GA10 3SE5232-0HU21 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AU21 --3SE2 200-1GA11 3SE5232-0HU22 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AU22 --3SE2 200-1GV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA223SE2 200-1GV00-0AA5 3SE5232-0HK25 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA253SE2 200-1GV00-0AC4 -- 3SE5234-0HC05-1AC4 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-1GV00-0AH8 -- 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA22

3SE2 200-1L 3SE5232-0HD10 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 200-1M 3SE5232-0HD10 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --

3SE2 200-1R 3SE5232-0HR01 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 200-1RV00-0AH0 3SE5232-0HR01 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AR01 --

3SE2 200-1S -- 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA81

3SE2 200-1U 3SE5232-0HK50 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 200-1V 3SE5232-0HK80 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 200-1W 3SE5232-0HK82 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 200-1XC 3SE5232-0HC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-1XG 3SE5232-0HK21 3SE5232-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-1XH 3SE5232-0HC05 -- -- --

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 5: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/5Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, plastic enclosure3SE2 200-3C 3SE5232-0MC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-3D -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 200-3E -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 200-3F -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 200-3G -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-3L -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 200-3M -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --

3SE2 200-3S -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA813SE2 200-3U -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 200-3V -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 200-3W -- 3SE5232-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 200-6C 3SE5232-0KC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-6D 3SE5232-0KD03 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 200-6E 3SE5232-0KE10 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 200-6F 3SE5232-0KF10 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 200-6G 3SE5232-0KK21 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-6L 3SE5232-0KD10 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 200-6M 3SE5232-0KD10 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 200-6S -- 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA81

3SE2 200-6U -- 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 200-6V -- 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 200-6W -- 3SE5232-0KC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 200-7C 3SE5232-0PC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-7D -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 200-7E -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 200-7F -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 200-7G -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-7L -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 200-7M -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 200-7S -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA81

3SE2 200-7U -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 200-7V -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 200-7W -- 3SE5232-0PC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 200-8CV00 3SE5232-0LC05 -- -- --3SE2 200-8DV00 3SE5232-0LD03 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 200-8EV00 3SE5232-0LE10 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 200-8EV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AE11 --3SE2 200-8FV00 3SE5232-0LF10 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 200-8GV00 3SE5232-0LK21 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 200-8GV00-0AC4 -- 3SE5234-0LC05-1AE0 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA21

3SE2 200-8RV00 -- 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 200-8SV00 -- 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA81

3SE2 200-8UV00 3SE5232-0LK50 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 200-8VV00 -- 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 200-8WV00 -- 3SE5232-0LC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA82

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 6: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/6 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, plastic enclosure3SE2 210-0C 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5242-0BC05 -- --3SE2 210-0D 3SE5242-0BD03 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 210-0E 3SE5242-0BE10 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 210-0F -- 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 210-0G 3SE5242-0BK21 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 210-0GV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA22

3SE2 210-0L -- 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 210-0M -- 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 210-0S -- 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA81

3SE2 210-0U -- 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 210-0V -- 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 210-0W -- 3SE5242-0BC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 210-1C 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5242-0HC05 -- --3SE2 210-1CV00-0AH0 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5242-0HC05 -- --3SE2 210-1CV01 3SE5242-0FC05 3SE5242-0FC05 -- --3SE2 210-1D 3SE5242-0HD03 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 210-1E 3SE5242-0HE10 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 210-1EV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AE11 --3SE2 210-1F -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 210-1G 3SE5242-0HK21 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 210-1GV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA22

3SE2 210-1L -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 210-1M -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 210-1R -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 210-1S -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA81

3SE2 210-1U 3SE5242-0HK50 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 210-1UV00-0AH3 -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 210-1V -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 210-1W -- 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 210-1XC 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5242-0HC05 -- --3SE2 210-1XH 3SE5242-0HC05 3SE5242-0HC05 -- --3SE2 210-1XW 3SE5242-0FC05-8AA0 -- -- --

3SE2 210-3C 3SE5242-0MC05 -- -- --3SE2 210-3D -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 210-3E -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 210-3F -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 210-3G -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 210-3L -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --3SE2 210-3M -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AD10 --

3SE2 210-3S -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA813SE2 210-3U -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 210-3V -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 210-3W -- 3SE5242-0MC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 210-8CV00 3SE5242-0LC05 3SE5242-0LC05 -- --3SE2 210-8DV00 3SE5242-0LD03 3SE5242-0LC05 3SE5000-0AD03 --

3SE2 210-8EV00 3SE5242-0LE10 3SE5242-0LC05 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SE2 210-8FV00 -- 3SE5242-0LC05 3SE5000-0AF10 --

3SE2 210-8GV00 3SE5242-0LK21 3SE5242-0LC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA213SE2 210-8UV00 -- 3SE5242-0LC05 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA50

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 7: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/7Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, metal enclosures3SE2 100-0A -- 3SE5122-0BA00 -- --

3SE2 100-0C 3SE5122-0BC02 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 100-0D 3SE5122-0BD02 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 100-0DV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5122-0BA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 100-0E 3SE5122-0BE01 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 100-0EV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AE02 --3SE2 100-0EV00-0AF4 -- 3SE5122-1KA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 100-0EV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5122-0BA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AE03 --

3SE2 100-0F 3SE5122-0BF01 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 100-0GW 3SE5122-0BH01 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 100-0GW00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA02

3SE2 100-0UW 3SE5122-0BH50 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 100-0VW -- 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 100-0WW -- 3SE5122-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 100-1A -- 3SE5122-0CA00 -- --

3SE2 100-1C 3SE5122-0CC02 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 100-1CV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5122-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AC02 --

3SE2 100-1D 3SE5122-0CD02 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 100-1DV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 100-1DV00-0AE0 3SE5122-0CD02-1DA0 3SE5122-0CA00-1DA0 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 100-1DV00-0AH3 3SE5122-0CD02 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 100-1DV00-0AK1 -- 3SE5122-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 100-1E 3SE5122-0CE01 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 100-1EV00-0AA3 3SE5122-0CE02 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AE02 --3SE2 100-1EV00-0AE0 3SE5122-0CE03-1DA0 -- -- --3SE2 100-1EV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5122-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AE03 --3SE2 100-1EV00-0AK1 -- 3SE5122-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AE04 --

3SE2 100-1F 3SE5122-0CF01 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --3SE2 100-1FV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AF02 --3SE2 100-1FV00-0AE0 3SE5122-0CF03-1DA0 3SE5122-0CA00-1DA0 3SE5000-0AF03 --

3SE2 100-1G 3SE5122-0CH01 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 100-1GV00-0AA3 3SE5122-0CH02 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 100-1GV00-0AK1 -- 3SE5122-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA123SE2 100-1GW 3SE5122-0CH01 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 100-1GW00-0AA3 3SE5122-0CH02 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 100-1GW00-0AE0 3SE5122-0CH11-1DA0 -- -- --3SE2 100-1GW00-0AK0 -- 3SE5122-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA113SE2 100-1GW00-0AK1 -- 3SE5122-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA12

3SE2 100-1R 3SE5122-0CR01 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 100-1RV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5122-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AR01 --

3SE2 100-1T -- 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AT10 3SE5000-0AT01

3SE2 100-1U 3SE5122-0CH50 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 100-1UW 3SE5122-0CH50 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 100-1UW00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA513SE2 100-1UW00-0AA5 -- 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA55

3SE2 100-1V 3SE5122-0CH80 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 100-1VW 3SE5122-0CH80 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA80

3SE2 100-1W -- 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA823SE2 100-1WW -- 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA823SE2 100-1WW00-0AA0 -- 3SE5122-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 100-3A -- 3SE5122-0MA00 -- --

3SE2 100-3C -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 100-3D -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 100-3E -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 100-3F -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 8: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/8 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, metal enclosures3SE2 100-3GW -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 100-3UW -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 100-3VW -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 100-3WW -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 100-6A -- 3SE5122-0KA00 -- --

3SE2 100-6C 3SE5122-0KC02 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 100-6CV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5122-0KA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 100-6D 3SE5122-0KD02 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 100-6E 3SE5122-0KE01 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 100-6F -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 100-6GW 3SE5122-0KH01 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 100-6UW -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 100-6VW -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA80

3SE2 100-7A -- 3SE5122-0PA00 -- --

3SE2 100-7C -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 100-7D -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 100-7E -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 100-7F -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 100-7GW -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 100-7UW -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 100-7VW -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 100-7WW -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 100-8CV00 3SE5122-0LC02 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 100-8DV00 3SE5122-0LD02 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 100-8EV00 3SE5122-0LE01 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 100-8FV00 -- 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 100-8GW00 3SE5122-0LH01 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 100-8GW00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 100-8RV00 -- 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 100-8UW00 -- 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 100-8VW00 -- 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 100-8WW00 -- 3SE5122-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 120-0A -- 3SE5112-0BA00 -- --3SE2 120-0AV00-0AF1 -- 3SE5112-1KA00 -- --

3SE2 120-0C 3SE5112-0BC02 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-0D 3SE5112-0BD02 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-0DV00-0AA3 3SE5112-0BD02 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-0DV00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0KA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-0DV00-0AF7 -- 3SE5115-1BA00-1AF2 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-0DV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0BA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 120-0E 3SE5112-0BE01 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-0EV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AE02 --3SE2 120-0EV00-0AF1 -- 3SE5112-1KA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-0EV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0BA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AE03 --

3SE2 120-0F 3SE5112-0BF01 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 120-0G 3SE5112-0BH01 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-0GV00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0KA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-0GW 3SE5112-0BH01 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-0GW00-0AA3 3SE5112-0BH02 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-0GW00-0AA4 -- 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA043SE2 120-0GW00-0AA5 -- 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA053SE2 120-0GW00-0AA7 -- 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA073SE2 120-0GW00-0AF1 -- 3SE5112-1KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-0GW00-0AF2 -- 3SE5115-1BA00-1AF2 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-0GW00-0AG2 -- 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-0GW00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0BA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA11

3SE2 120-0J 3SE5112-0BH01 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA01

3SE2 120-0U 3SE5112-0BH50 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-0UW 3SE5112-0BH50 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-0UW00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA513SE2 120-0VW -- 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-0WW -- 3SE5112-0BA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA823SE2 120-0WW00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0BA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 9: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/9Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, metal enclosures3SE2 120-1A -- 3SE5112-0CA00 -- --3SE2 120-1AV00-0AC5 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 -- --3SE2 120-1AV00-0AD4 -- 3SE5115-1CA00-1AF2 -- --3SE2 120-1AV00-0AF0 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 -- --3SE2 120-1AV00-0AF1 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 -- --3SE2 120-1AV00-0AF4 -- 3SE5112-3LA00 -- --

3SE2 120-1C 3SE5112-0CC02 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-1CV00-0AC5 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-1CV00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-1CV00-0AE0 3SE5112-0CC02-1DA0 3SE5115-0CA00-1DA0 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-1CV00-0AF4 -- 3SE5112-3LA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-1CV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AC02 --

3SE2 120-1D 3SE5112-0CD02 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AC4 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AC5 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AD0 -- 3SE5115-0CA00-1AD0 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AE0 3SE5112-0CD02-1DA0 -- -- --

3SE2 120-1DV00-0AF0 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AF1 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AF2 -- 3SE5115-1CA00-1AF2 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AF4 -- 3SE5112-3LA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AF6 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AF7 -- 3SE5115-1CA00-1AF2 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AJ5 -- 3SE5114-1CA00-1AF3 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-1DV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 120-1E 3SE5112-0CE01 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-1EV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AE02 --3SE2 120-1EV00-0AC4 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-1EV00-0AD0 -- 3SE5115-0CA00-1AD0 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-1EV00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-1EV00-0AE0 3SE5112-0CE03-1DA0 -- -- --3SE2 120-1EV00-0AF0 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-1EV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AE03 --

3SE2 120-1F 3SE5112-0CF01 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --3SE2 120-1FV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AF02 --3SE2 120-1FV00-0AC4 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AF01 --3SE2 120-1FV00-0AC5 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AF01 --3SE2 120-1FV00-0AE0 3SE5112-0CF03-1DA0 -- -- --3SE2 120-1FV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AF03 --

3SE2 120-1G 3SE5112-0CH01 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GV00-0AA3 3SE5112-0CH02 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GV00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GV00-0AD4 -- 3SE5115-1CA00-1AF2 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GV00-0AF0 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GV00-0AF4 -- 3SE5112-3LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GV00-0AF5 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GV00-0AG0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA153SE2 120-1GV00-0AJ5 -- 3SE5114-1CA00-1AF3 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA113SE2 120-1GV00-0AK3 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA11

3SE2 120-1GW 3SE5112-0CH01 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GW00-0AA2 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA043SE2 120-1GW00-0AA3 3SE5112-0CH02 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GW00-0AA5 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA053SE2 120-1GW00-0AA7 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA073SE2 120-1GW00-0AC4 3SE5114-0CH01-1AC5 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GW00-0AC5 3SE5114-0CH01-1AC5 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GW00-0AD0 -- 3SE5115-0CA00-1AD0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GW00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GW00-0AD3 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GW00-0AE0 3SE5112-0CH11-1DA0 -- -- --3SE2 120-1GW00-0AF0 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GW00-0AF2 -- 3SE5115-1CA00-1AF2 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA01

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 10: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/10 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, metal enclosures3SE2 120-1GW00-0AF4 -- 3SE5112-3LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GW00-0AF5 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GW00-0AF7 -- 3SE5115-1CA00-1AF2 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GW00-0AG1 3SE5 112-0CH01 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1GW00-0AG2 3SE5 112-0CH01 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GW00-0AG8 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA033SE2 120-1GW00-0AJ1 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GW00-0AJ4 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-1GW00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA113SE2 120-1GW00-0AK1 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA12

3SE2 120-1J 3SE5112-0CH01 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-1JV00-0AF5 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA02

3SE2 120-1R 3SE5112-0CR01 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 120-1RV00-0AD0 -- 3SE5115-0CA00-1AD0 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 120-1RV00-0AE0 3SE5112-0CR01-1DA0 3SE5112-0CA00-1DA0 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 120-1RV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AR01 --3SE2 120-1RV00-0AL0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AR02 --3SE2 120-1RV00-0AL1 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AR03 --3SE2 120-1RV00-0AL2 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AR04 --

3SE2 120-1T 3SE5112-0CT11 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AT10 3SE5000-0AT013SE2 120-1TV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AT10 3SE5000-0AT023SE2 120-1TV00-0AC4 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AT10 3SE5000-0AT013SE2 120-1TV00-0AE0 3SE5112-0CT13-1DA0 -- -- --3SE2 120-1TV00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AT10 3SE5000-0AT03

3SE2 120-1U 3SE5112-0CH50 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-1UV00-0AH4 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-1UW 3SE5112-0CH50 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-1UW00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA513SE2 120-1UW00-0AA5 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA553SE2 120-1UW00-0AA7 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA573SE2 120-1UW00-0AC4 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-1UW00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-1UW00-0AF0 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-1UW00-0AF7 -- 3SE5115-1CA00-1AF2 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA513SE2 120-1UW00-0AG1 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-1UW00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA523SE2 120-1UW00-0AK4 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA58

3SE2 120-1V 3SE5112-0CH80 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-1VV00-0AF0 -- 3SE5112-1LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-1VW 3SE5112-0CH80 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-1VW00-0AC4 -- 3SE5114-0CA00-1AC5 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-1VW00-0AD1 -- 3SE5115-0LA00-1AD1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-1VW00-0AG1 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-1VW00-0AG6 -- 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA80

3SE2 120-1W 3SE5112-0CH82 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA823SE2 120-1WW 3SE5112-0CH82 3SE5112-0CA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA823SE2 120-1WW00-0AD0 -- 3SE5115-0CA00-1AD0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA823SE2 120-1WW00-0AE0 3SE5112-0CH82-1DA0 -- -- --3SE2 120-1WW00-0AK0 -- 3SE5112-0CA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 120-3A -- 3SE5112-0MA00 -- --

3SE2 120-3C -- 3SE5112-0MA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-3D -- 3SE5112-0MA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-3E -- 3SE5112-0MA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-3F -- 3SE5112-0MA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 120-3GW -- 3SE5112-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-3UW -- 3SE5112-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-3VW -- 3SE5112-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-3WW -- 3SE5112-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 120-6A -- 3SE5112-0KA00 -- --

3SE2 120-6C 3SE5112-0KC02 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-6D 3SE5112-0KD02 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-6DV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 120-6E 3SE5112-0KE01 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-6F -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 11: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/11Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, metal enclosures3SE2 120-6GW 3SE5112-0KH01 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-6GW00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-6GW00-0AG1 -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-6GW00-0AG2 -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-6GW00-0AG8 -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA033SE2 120-6GW00-0AK1 -- 3SE5112-0KA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA12

3SE2 120-6UW -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-6VW -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-6WW -- 3SE5112-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 120-7A -- 3SE5112-0PA00 -- --

3SE2 120-7C -- 3SE5112-0PA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-7D -- 3SE5112-0PA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-7E -- 3SE5112-0PA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-7F -- 3SE5112-0PA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 120-7GW -- 3SE5112-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-7UW -- 3SE5112-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-7VW -- 3SE5112-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-7WW -- 3SE5112-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 120-8AV00 -- 3SE5112-0LA00 -- --

3SE2 120-8CV00 3SE5112-0LC02 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 120-8CV00-0AC5 -- 3SE5114-0LA00-1AE1 3SE5000-0AC02 --

3SE2 120-8DV00 3SE5112-0LD02 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-8DV00-0AC2 -- 3SE5115-1LA00-1AD2 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-8DV00-0AC4 -- 3SE5114-0LA00-1AE1 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-8DV00-0AC5 -- 3SE5114-0LA00-1AE1 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 120-8DV00-0AJ6 -- 3SE5114-0LA00-1AE1 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 120-8EV00 3SE5112-0LE01 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 120-8EV00-0AC5 -- 3SE5114-0LA00-1AE1 3SE5000-0AE01 --

3SE2 120-8FV00 3SE5112-0LF01 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 120-8GW00 3SE5112-0LH01 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-8GW00-0AA3 -- 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA023SE2 120-8GW00-0AC4 -- 3SE5114-0LA00-1AE1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-8GW00-0AC5 -- 3SE5114-0LA00-1AE1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 120-8GW00-0AK1 -- 3SE5112-0LA00-1CA0 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA12

3SE2 120-8RV00 -- 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AR01 --

3SE2 120-8UW00 3SE5112-0LH50 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 120-8VW00 -- 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 120-8WW00 -- 3SE5112-0LA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 303-0A -- 3SE5122-0KA00 -- --3SE2 303-0C 3SE5122-0KC02 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 303-0D -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 303-0DV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 303-0E -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 303-0F -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 303-0GW -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 303-0UW -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 303-0VW -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 303-0WW -- 3SE5122-0KA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

3SE2 303-1A -- 3SE5122-0PA00 -- --3SE2 303-1C -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 303-1D -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 303-1DV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 303-1E -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 303-1F -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 303-1GW -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 303-1UW -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 303-1VW -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 303-1WW -- 3SE5122-0PA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 12: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/12 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

3SE2, 3SE3 ---> 3SE5 safety switches

Safety position switches with separate actuator from the 3SE2 and 3SE3 series can be converted to the new switches of the 3SE5 series with the help of this table.

The 3SE2 243 and 3SE2 257 switches with separate actuator and the 3SE2 83 and 3SE2 84 with solenoid interlocking are still available without any restriction.

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SE2 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches, metal enclosures3SE2 303-2A -- 3SE5122-0MA00 -- --3SE2 303-2C -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SE2 303-2D -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SE2 303-2DV00-0AA3 -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AD02 --

3SE2 303-2E -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SE2 303-2F -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AF01 --

3SE2 303-2GW -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA013SE2 303-2UW -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA503SE2 303-2VW -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA803SE2 303-2WW -- 3SE5122-0MA00 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA82

Old Order No. New Order No.

3SE2, 3SE3 Complete units

With separate actuator3SE2 120-0XX 3SE5112-0QV103SE2 120-0XX00-0AF0 3SE5112-1QV10

3SE2 120-4XX 3SE5112-0QV10

3SE2 120-6XX 3SE5112-0QV103SE2 120-6XX00-0AC4 3SE5114-0QV10-1AE1

3SE2 200-0XX03 3SE5232-0RV403SE2 200-0XX04 3SE5232-0RV40

3SE3 200-0XX13 3SE5232-0RV40

3SE2 200-6XX03 3SE5232-0QV403SE2 200-6XX04 3SE5232-0QV40

3SE3 200-6XX13 3SE5232-0QV40

Old Order No. New Order No.

3SE3 Complete units

With solenoid interlocking3SE3 750-3XX00 3SE5 322-0SB213SE3 750-6XX00 3SE5 322-0SB21

3SE3 751-3XX00 3SE5 322-0SB233SE3 751-6XX00 3SE5 322-0SB23

3SE3 752-3XX00 3SE5 322-0SB223SE3 752-6XX00 3SE5 322-0SB22

3SE3 760-3XX00 3SE5 322-0SD213SE3 760-3XX01 3SE5 322-0SE213SE3 760-6XX00 3SE5 322-0SD213SE3 760-6XX01 3SE5 322-0SE21

3SE3 761-3XX00 3SE5 322-0SD233SE3 761-3XX01 3SE5 322-0SE233SE3 761-6XX00 3SE5 322-0SD23

3SE3 762-3XX00 3SE5 322-0SD223SE3 762-3XX01 3SE5 322-0SE223SE3 762-6XX00 3SE5 322-0SD22

3SE3 850-3XX00 3SE5 312-0SB113SE3 850-6XX00 3SE5 312-0SB11

3SE3 851-3XX00 3SE5 312-0SB133SE3 851-6XX00 3SE5 312-0SB13

3SE3 852-3XX00 3SE5 312-0SB123SE3 852-6XX00 3SE5 312-0SB12

3SE3 860-3XX00 3SE5 312-0SD113SE3 860-3XX01 3SE5 312-0SE113SE3 860-6XX00 3SE5 312-0SD113SE3 860-6XX01 3SE5 312-0SE11

3SE3 861-3XX00 3SE5 312-0SD133SE3 861-3XX01 3SE5 312-0SE133SE3 861-6XX00 3SE5 312-0SD133SE3 861-6XX01 3SE5 312-0SE13

3SE3 862-3XX00 3SE5 312-0SD123SE3 862-3XX01 3SE5 312-0SE123SE3 862-6XX00 3SE5 312-0SD123SE3 862-6XX01 3SE5 312-0SE12

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 13: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches

Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1

8/13Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

AS-Interface 3SF3 --> 3SF1

ASIsafe position switches from the 3SF3 series can be con-verted to the new switches of the 3SF1 series with the help of this table.

Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system

3SF3 Complete units Basic switches Operating mechanisms Levers

Standard switches3SF3 100-0CV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1KA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SF3 100-0DV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1KA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SF3 100-0EV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1KA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SF3 100-0FV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1KA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AF01 --3SF3 100-0GW00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1KA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA01

3SF3 100-1CV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1LA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SF3 100-1DV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1LA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SF3 100-1EV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1LA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SF3 100-1FV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1LA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AF01 --3SF3 100-1GW00-0BA2 -- 3SF1124-1LA00-1BA2 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA01

3SF3 120-6CV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1KA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SF3 120-6DV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1KA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SF3 120-6EV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1KA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SF3 120-6FV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1KA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AF01 --3SF3 120-6GW00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1KA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA01

3SF3 120-8CV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1LA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AC02 --3SF3 120-8DV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1LA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AD02 --3SF3 120-8EV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1LA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AE01 --3SF3 120-8FV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1LA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AF01 --3SF3 120-8GW00-0BA1 -- 3SF1114-1LA00-1BA1 3SE5000-0AH00 3SE5000-0AA01

3SF3 200-6CV00-0BA1 3SF1234-1KC05-1BA1 -- -- --3SF3 200-6DV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1234-1KC05-1BA1 3SE5000-0AD03 --3SF3 200-6EV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1234-1KC05-1BA1 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SF3 200-6FV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1234-1KC05-1BA1 3SE5000-0AF10 --3SF3 200-6GV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1234-1KC05-1BA1 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA21

3SF3 200-8CV00-0BA1 3SF1234-1LC05-1BA1 -- -- --3SF3 200-8DV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1234-1LC05-1BA1 3SE5000-0AD03 --3SF3 200-8EV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1234-1LC05-1BA1 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SF3 200-8FV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1234-1LC05-1BA1 3SE5000-0AF10 --3SF3 200-8GV00-0BA1 -- 3SF1234-1LC05-1BA1 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA21

3SF3 210-0CV00-0BA2 3SF1244-1KC05-1BA2 -- -- --3SF3 210-0DV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1244-1KC05-1BA2 3SE5000-0AD03 --3SF3 210-0EV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1244-1KC05-1BA2 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SF3 210-0FV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1244-1KC05-1BA2 3SE5000-0AF10 --3SF3 210-0GV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1244-1KC05-1BA2 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA21

3SF3 210-1CV00-0BA2 3SF1244-1LC05-1BA2 -- -- --3SF3 210-1DV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1244-1LC05-1BA2 3SE5000-0AD03 --3SF3 210-1EV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1244-1LC05-1BA2 3SE5000-0AE10 --3SF3 210-1FV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1244-1LC05-1BA2 3SE5000-0AF10 --3SF3 210-1GV00-0BA2 -- 3SF1244-1LC05-1BA2 3SE5000-0AK00 3SE5000-0AA21

Old Order No. New Order No.

3SF3 Complete units

With separate actuator3SF3 120-6XX00-0BA1 3SF1114-1QV10-1BA1

3SF3 200-6XX04-0BA1 3SF1234-1QV40-1BA1

With solenoid interlocking3SF3 750-6XX00-0BA1 3SF1 324-1SB21-1BA13SF3 760-6XX00-0BA1 3SF1 324-1SD21-1BA1

3SF3 830-6XX00-0BA1 3SF1 314-1SB11-1BA13SF3 840-6XX00-0BA1 3SF1 314-1SD11-1BA1

3SF3 850-6XX00-0BA1 3SF1 314-1SB11-1BA13SF3 860-6XX00-0BA1 3SF1 314-1SD11-1BA1

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 14: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data

8/14 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

The innovative SIRIUS 3SE5 position switches are modern in de-sign, compact, modular and simple to connect. They save time and increase flexibility during installation of a whole range of switch variants In principle it is possible to combine any enclo-sure with any operating mechanism, paying due consideration to the EN 50041 and EN 50047 standards where necessary.

Complete units

Popular versions of the position switches in standard enclosures are available as complete units.

3SE5 position switches with plastic and metal enclosures

3SE2 series

The position switches of the 3SE2 series are still available, in par-ticular those switch variants which are not yet covered by the new 3SE5 series, including the complete 3SE2 230 series with 40 mm plastic enclosure and the 3SE2 404 series with metal en-closure and 4 contacts.

3SE2 position switches with plastic and metal enclosures

A conversion table from 3SE2 to 3SE5 can be found on page 8/4.

Modular system

The 3SE5 series features a new modular system comprising dif-ferent sizes of the basic switch and an actuator which must be ordered separately. Thanks to the modular design of the switch the user can select the right solution for his application from nu-merous versions and install it himself in a very short time.

An easy plug-in method enables fast replacement of the actua-tor heads.

Examples of selection options in the modular system

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 15: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data

8/15Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Design

All enclosure variants have an integrated chlorinated rubber di-aphragm (high functional safety in cold and aggressive environ-ments).

Enclosure sizes

The 3SE5 switches are available in five different enclosure sizes with 2 or 3 contacts:• Open-type position switch IP20 or IP10• Plastic enclosures acc. to EN 50047, 31 mm wide, 1 cable

entry• Plastic enclosures, 50 mm wide, 2 cable entries• Metal enclosures acc. to EN 50041, 40 mm wide, 1 cable entry• Metal enclosures, 56 mm wide, 3 cable entries

The following items are available in addition from the 3SE2 se-ries:• Plastic enclosures acc. to EN 50041, 40 mm wide• Metal enclosures, 56 mm wide, 4 contacts

Enclosure versions

Various basic switches can be selected for the 3SE5 series:• With contact blocks with two or three contacts (screw termi-

nals) designed as slow-action or snap-action contacts; the slow-action contacts also with make-before-break

• Optional LED status display• With mounted four- or five-pole M12 connector socket (avail-

able for the wide enclosures as an accessory for self-assem-bly)

• With 6-pole connector socket + PE on the metal enclosures• Versions with increased corrosion protection• Versions for operating temperature up to –40 °C• Metal enclosures for explosion protection (ATEX)

(see page 8/69)• AS-Interface version with integrated ASIsafe electronics for all

enclosure designs (see page 8/73)

Actuator variants

All operating mechanisms can be rotated around the axis in in-crements of 22.5°. The following actuator variants are available:• Rounded plungers• Roller plungers• Roller levers• Angular roller levers• Spring rod• Twist levers and rod actuators• Fork lever

The actuator rollers are available with various materials and di-ameters.

Twist actuators for twist levers and rod actuators, with setting of switching to right, left or right/left (standard for all twist actuators except fork levers)

NSC0_00829

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 16: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data

8/16 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

Optional LED indicators

LED indicators available for all enclosure sizes

The enclosure versions can be supplied with an LED signaling indicator (1 × green + 1 × yellow). This is the first time that optical signaling equipment is also available for small standard enclo-sures acc. to EN 50047. The LED signaling indicators are avail-able in all common voltages (24 V DC and 230 V AC).

Additional contacts

Exchangeable two and three-pole contact blocks for all enclo-sure sizes

The three-pole contact block with snap-action or slow-action contacts is regularly available for all enclosure forms. The same installation space is required as for a two-pole block. The version with 1 NO + 2 NC offers for example more safety through redun-dant shutdowns (2 NC contacts) with simultaneous signaling (1 NO contact). The three-pole blocks are also available with make-before-break and with 2 NO + 1 NC.

Contact reliability

The new contact blocks ensure an extremely high contact stabil-ity. This applies even when the devices are switching low volt-ages and currents, e. g. 1 mA at 5 V DC.

Positive opening q

The NC contacts of the switch are forced open mechanically, positively-driven and reliably by the plunger. This is referred to as "positive opening".

Mounting

Easy plug-in method for fast replacement of the actuator heads

Open cover (1)Actuate locking lever (2)Replace the head (turnable by 16 x 22.5°) (3) Lock and close the cover

Quick-connect technology

For plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm

These position switches can be wired quickly and easily as an added customer benefit. The connecting cable is first con-nected to the terminals of the contact block and then guided through a slit into the cable gland opening. The time saved through this new connection method is approx. 20 to 25 %.

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 17: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data

8/17Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Benefits

The 3SE5 position switches differ from the previous series through the following new characteristics:• The modular structure of the product range allows a number

of versions with a smaller number of bearing types for enclo-sures and operating mechanisms.

• All actuators around the axis in increments of 22.5° (see pic-ture on page 8/16).

• Rounded and roller plungers acc. to EN 50041 with 3 mm overtravel (total travel 9 mm) for greater tolerance when switching.

• All enclosure sizes – now also including the small enclosure 31 mm wide – are optionally available with an LED signaling indicator (see picture on page 8/16).

• All enclosure variants have an integrated chlorinated rubber diaphragm (high functional safety in cold and aggressive en-vironments).

• All contact blocks are replaceable (see page 8/50).• The three-pole contact blocks are available for all enclosure

sizes (see picture on page 8/16).• NEW: Blocks with slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC with

make-before-break and 2 NO + 1 NC.• The short-stroke contact block 1 NO + 1 NC improves the pre-

cision of the switching operation through a reduced actuation path.

• The contact block with 1 NO + 1 NC snap-action contacts with 2 x 2 mm contact opening is suitable for simultaneous discon-nection and signaling, particularly in the elevator industry.

• The plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm has simple and fast wiring equipment which makes it possible to save from approx. 20 to 25 % of the time when connecting (see picture on page 8/16).

• The ASIsafe electric component is integrated for the versions with the AS-Interface connection (see page 8/73); an addi-tional adapter is not required.

■ Application

With the standard position switches, mechanical positions of moved machine parts are converted into electrical signals. Through their modular and uniform design and large number of variants, the devices can meet practically all requirements in in-dustry.

Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the partic-ular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be per-formed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular pur-pose. And many different actuator variants are available to match the mechanical configuration of the moved machined parts. Dimensions, fixing points and characteristics are largely in accordance with the EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.

The devices are suitable for use in any climate.

Standards

IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1.

The protective measure of "total insulation" by the molded-plastic enclosure is guaranteed by the use of molded-plastic screw-glands.

Safety position switches

For controls acc. to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1 the devices can be used as a safety position switch. To secure position switches against changes in their position, keyed techniques must be em-ployed on installation.

Safety circuits

IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1 require positive opening of the NC contacts, i. e. for the purposes of personal safety, the as-sured opening of NC contacts is expressly stipulated for the electrical equipment of machines in all safety circuits and marked acc. to the IEC standard 60947-5-1 with the symbol q.

Category 2 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) can be attained with 3SE5 position switches with q, and category 3 or 4 when using an additional position switch, if the corresponding failsafe eval-uation units are selected and correctly installed, e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching devices from the ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges. The operating mechanisms (actu-ators) must also be connected to the enclosure by keyed tech-niques. The corresponding operating mechanisms are marked in the catalog with q.

Contacts for each application• Snap-action contacts: NC and NO contacts switch simulta-

neously – regardless of the actuating speed (vmin = 0.01 m/s) and contact erosion.

• Slow-action contacts: Difference in travel between "NC con-tact opens" and "NO contact closes"; the switching speed is the same as or proportional to the actuating speed (vmin = 0.4 m/s).

• Slow-action contacts with make-before-break: e. g. suitable for adding a second function to a sequence control.

Operating mechanisms for each application

Rounded plungers and roller plungers• Operation in direction of the plunger axis or in case of roller

plunger with bar at right angles to the plunger axis• The roller plunger is recommended for lateral actuation and

relatively long overtravel.

Roller and angular roller levers• For actuators made of finely ground steel in the form of cams,

straight-edges (approach angle 30°) or cam disks

Spring rod• Can be used for undefined actuations and changing starting

conditions• Starting from any direction is possible.

Twist levers and rod actuators• For a high starting speed (v = 1.5 m/s)• Variety of starting options• Insensitive to oil, grinding dust, ice and coarse-grained mate-

rial• With the twist lever the maximum approach angle is always

equal to the maximum trailing angle• Rod actuator – when no actuator with approach and trailing

angle is possible• Adjustment of the lever in increments of 10°.• Can be adjusted with left or right switching

Fork lever• Switchable in two directions• Latching actuator• For reciprocating movements

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 18: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data

8/18 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ More information

1) For slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC with make-before-break and 2 NO + 1 NC the following applies: over 250 V AC only equal potential.

Type 3SE5 1.., 3SE5 2..

3SE2 230, 3SE2 404

Exception: 3SE2 230-8..00

General dataStandards IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 400 500

Pollution degree acc. to EN 60664-1 Class 3 Class 3

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6

Rated operational voltage Ue V 400 V AC, over 300 V AC only for equal potential1)

AC 500; over 380 V AC only equal potential

AC 500; over 300 V AC only equal potential

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith A 10 6 10 10

Rated operational current Ie 2-pole 3-pole 2-pole and 4-pole 2-pole (2 NC snap-action)

• With alternating current 50/60 Hz Ie/ AC-15 Ie/ AC-15 Ie/ AC-12 Ie/ AC-15 Ie/ AC-12 Ie/ AC-15

- At 24 V A 6 6 10 10 10 10- At 120 V A 6 3 10 10 10 10- At 240 V A 3 1.5 10 6 10 6

- At 400 V A -- -- 10 4 10 4- At 500 V A -- -- 10 3 10 3

• For direct current Ie / DC-13 Ie / DC-13 Ie /DC-12 Ie / DC-13 Ie /DC-12 Ie / DC-13

- At 24 V A 3 3 10 10 10 10- At 125 V A 0.55 0.55 -- -- -- --- At 250 V A 0.27 0.27 -- -- -- --

- At 48 V -- -- 6 4 6 4- At 110 V -- -- 4 1 4 1- At 220 V A -- -- 1 0.4 1 0.27- At 440 V A -- -- 0.5 0.2 0.5 0.1

Short-circuit protection1)

• With DIAZED fuse links, operational class gG

A 6 6 6

• With fuse links, quick A -- 10 --

• With miniature circuit breaker, Char. C A 1 -- --

Mechanical endurance

• Basic switches 15 ×106 operating cycles 30 ×106 operating cycles 15 ×106 operating cycles

• With spring rod, 3SE5 ...-..R.. 10 ×106 operating cycles

• With fork lever 3SE5 1..-..T.. 1 ×106 operating cycles -- --

Electrical endurance

• With 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors 10 ×106 operating cycles 10 ×106 operating cycles

• For utilization category AC-15 when switching off Ie / AC-15 at 240 V

0.1 ×106 operating cycles 0.5 ×106 operating cycles

• With utilization category DC-12/DC-13 For direct current depending on the loading of the switch

Switching frequency with 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors

6000 operating cycles/h 6000 operating cycles/h 1800 operating cycles/h

Switching accuracy For repeated switching, measured at the plunger of the contact block

mm 0.05

Rated data acc. to s, u and U.

• Rated voltage V 300 600 600

• Uninterrupted current A 6 10 10

• Switching capacity Heavy duty, A 300/ B 300 /Q 300

Heavy duty, A 600/Q 600

Heavy duty, A 300/Q 600

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 19: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

General data

8/19Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Options

On the following pages you will find selection tables for complete units as well as components of the modular system.

Using the modular system you can assemble switch variants which are not available as complete units. Each complete unit can also be supplied as a module.

A basic switch for the modular system comprises an enclosure with a contact block and a cover. Among the basic switches the following versions, for example, can be selected:• Basic enclosure with teflon plunger• Version with increased corrosion protection

• Version with 2 LEDs• Version with M12 connector socket or 6-pole + PE• Version with M12 connector socket and with 2 LEDs

For the plastic enclosures with a width of 31 and 50 mm the ba-sic switches are designed as complete units with rounded plunger (acc. to standard).

Online configurator

The online configurator helps you not only to select and order the right switch but also to create complete product documentation.• Product data sheets• Dimensional drawings• Operating travel diagrams• CAD data in 2D and 3D model images• Ordering data• Product photos

www.siemens.com/industrial-controls/configurators

Complete units

Ordering example

Required:• Position switch acc. to EN 50047 in a plastic enclosure• Contact block with slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC• Angular roller lever, metal lever and plastic roller

To be ordered:

Modular system

Ordering example 1

Required:• Position switch acc. to EN 50047 in a plastic enclosure• Contact block with slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC• Angular roller lever, metal lever and plastic roller

To be ordered separately:

Ordering example 2

Required:• Position switch acc. to EN 50047 in a plastic enclosure• Contact block with slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC• Twist lever, high-grade steel lever and plastic roller

To be ordered separately:

Complete units

Modular system

The difference between units is indicated in the selec-tion and ordering data by orange backgrounds.

Version Complete units

Order No.

Complete units • Enclosure width 31 mmAngular roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 13 mmSlow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC

3SE5 232-0BF10

Version Modular system

Order No.

Basic switches • Enclosure width 31 mmWith teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC

3SE5 232-0BC05

+Operating mechanisms

Angular roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller

3SE5 000-0AF10

Version Modular system

Order No.

Basic switches • Enclosure width 31 mmWith teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC

3SE5 232-0BC05

+Twist actuators

Twist actuator 3SE5 000-0AK00

Twist levers

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller

3SE5 000-0AA31

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 20: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047

8/20 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. 1) Popular versions.2) Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 31 mm

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50047With teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 232-0BC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0CC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 232-0HC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Short-stroke, integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0FC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• 2 × 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0GC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0MC05 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0PC05 1 1 unit 102 0.075

With increased corrosion protection

With increased corrosion protection

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0BC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0CC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0KC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0MC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0PC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 234-0BC05-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 234-0HC05-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Slow-action contacts 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 234-0KC05-1AE0 1 1 unit 102 0.085

Snap-action contacts 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 234-0LC05-1AE0 1 1 unit 102 0.085

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 232-1KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 232-1LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 232-3KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 232-3LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A) and 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 234-1BC05-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 234-1CC05-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Roller plunger

Roller plunger with central fixing

Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50047With plastic roller 10 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0BD03 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 232-0HD03 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts• Short-stroke, integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0FD03 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0KD03 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LD03 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Actuator head rotated by 90°

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LD03-1AH0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts, integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 234-0HD03-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.085

Roller plunger with central fixingSnap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0HD10 1 1 unit 102 0.100

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0KD10 1 1 unit 102 0.105

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 21: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047

8/21Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Popular versions.2) Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 31 mm

Roller levers

Angular roller lever

Spring rod

Twist lever

Roller levers, type E acc. to EN 50047With metal lever and plastic roller 13 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0BE10 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 232-0HE10 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0KE10 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LE10 1 1 unit 102 0.075

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts, integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 234-0HE10-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Angular roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 13 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0BF10 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0HF10 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0KF10 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LF10 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Spring rodLength 142.5 mm, with plastic plunger 50 mm

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- A 3SE5 232-0HR01 1 1 unit 102 0.095

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 234-0HR01-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.135

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50047With metal lever 21 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0BK21 1 1 unit 102 0.085

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0HK21 1 1 unit 102 0.085

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0KK21 1 1 unit 102 0.100

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LK21 1 1 unit 102 0.100

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts, integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC - q B 3SE5 234-0HK21-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.110

Twist lever, adjustable length

Rod actuator

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith metal lever with grid hole and plastic roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0HK60 1 1 unit 102 0.100

With metal lever and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 232-0BK50 1 1 unit 102 0.115

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- } 3SE5 232-0HK50 1 1 unit 102 0.115

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- B 3SE5 232-0LK50 1 1 unit 102 0.120

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 234-0HK50-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Rod actuatorsWith aluminum rod, length 200 mm

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 232-0HK80 1 1 unit 102 0.110

With plastic rod, length 200 mm

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 232-0HK82 1 1 unit 102 0.100

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 234-0HK82-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.115

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 22: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047

8/22 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Modular system2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1) On the plastic version the basic switch is a complete unit with rounded plunger.

2) Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.3) Use corresponding high-grade steel lever.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 31 mm (with rounded plunger1))

Basic switch

With teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 232-0BC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0CC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 232-0HC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Short-stroke, integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0FC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• 2 × 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0GC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0MC05 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0PC05 1 1 unit 102 0.075

With increased corrosion protection

With increased corrosion protection3)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0BC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0CC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0KC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0MC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0PC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

With M12 socket

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 234-0BC05-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 234-0HC05-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Slow-action contacts 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 234-0KC05-1AE0 1 1 unit 102 0.085

Snap-action contacts 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 234-0LC05-1AE0 1 1 unit 102 0.085

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 232-1KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 232-1LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 232-3KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 232-3LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

With M12 socket·and 2 LEDs

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A) and 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 234-1BC05-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 234-1CC05-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.080

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 23: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047

8/23Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Roller plunger

Roller plunger, type C acc. to EN 50047

Plastic rollers 10 q A 3SE5 000-0AD03 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD04 1 1 unit 102 0.010

With central fixing

Roller plunger with central fixing

Plastic rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD10 1 1 unit 102 0.035

High-grade steel rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD11 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Roller lever

Roller lever, type E acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AE10 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE11 1 1 unit 102 0.020

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE12 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE13 1 1 unit 102 0.055

Angular roller lever

Angular roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AF10 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF11 1 1 unit 102 0.013

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AF12 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF13 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Spring rod

Spring rod (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

Plastic plunger:

• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR01 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• Length 76 mm (spring 23.5 mm, plunger 10 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR03 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• Length 242.5 mm (spring 150 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR04 1 1 unit 102 0.040

High-grade steel plunger:

• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR02 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist lever

Twist levers, adjustable length

Rod actuator

Twist actuators, plastic (without lever)

Switching right and/or left, adjustable q A 3SE5 000-0AK00 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Levers for twist actuatorsTwist lever 21 mm, straight, type A acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA21 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA22 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA23 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Metal lever, plastic roller 30 q B 3SE5 000-0AA25 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA31 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA32 1 1 unit 102 0.022

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid holes

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA61 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Metal lever, plastic roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA67 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA68 1 1 unit 102 0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA63 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Twist levers, adjustable length

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 A 3SE5 000-0AA50 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA51 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Metal lever, plastic roller 30 B 3SE5 000-0AA55 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, plastic roller 50 B 3SE5 000-0AA57 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 B 3SE5 000-0AA58 1 1 unit 102 0.040

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA52 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA53 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Rod actuators

Aluminum rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA80 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Spring rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA81 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Plastic rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA82 1 1 unit 102 0.020

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 24: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 50 mm

8/24 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units 2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry 2 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Popular versions.2) Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 50 mm

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungersWith teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 242-0BC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0CC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 242-0HC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Short-stroke, integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0FC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• 2 × 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0GC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0MC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0PC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

With increased corrosion protection

With increased corrosion protection

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0BC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0HC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0KC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0LC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0MC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0PC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 242-1KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 242-1LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 242-3KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 242-3LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Roller plunger

Roller plungersWith plastic roller 10 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0BD03 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 242-0HD03 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0LD03 1 1 unit 102 0.080

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 25: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 50 mm

8/25Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry 2 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Popular versions.2) Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 50 mm

Roller lever

Roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 13 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0BE10 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 242-0HE10 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0LE10 1 1 unit 102 0.090

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole right (250 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 244-0LE10-1AE0 1 1 unit 102 0.100

Twist lever

Twist leversWith metal lever 21 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0BK21 1 1 unit 102 0.095

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 242-0HK21 1 1 unit 102 0.095

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0LK21 1 1 unit 102 0.105

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith metal lever and plastic roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 242-0HK50 1 1 unit 102 0.110

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 26: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 50 mm

8/26 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Modular system2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry 2 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1) On the plastic version the basic switch is a complete unit with rounded plunger.

2) Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.3) Use corresponding high-grade steel lever.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 50 mm (with rounded plunger1))

Basic switch

With teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 242-0BC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0CC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 242-0HC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Short-stroke, integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0FC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• 2 × 2 mm contact gap

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0GC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0MC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0PC05 1 1 unit 102 0.065

With increased corrosion protection

With increased corrosion protection3)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0BC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0HC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0KC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0LC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0MC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0PC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.075

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 242-1KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 242-1LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V q B 3SE5 242-3KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V q B 3SE5 242-3LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.080

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 27: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 50 mm

8/27Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Roller plunger

Roller plunger, type C acc. to EN 50047

Plastic rollers 10 q A 3SE5 000-0AD03 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD04 1 1 unit 102 0.010

With central fixing

Roller plunger with central fixing

Plastic rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD10 1 1 unit 102 0.035

High-grade steel rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD11 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Roller lever

Roller lever, type E acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AE10 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE11 1 1 unit 102 0.020

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE12 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE13 1 1 unit 102 0.055

Angular roller lever

Angular roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AF10 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF11 1 1 unit 102 0.013

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AF12 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF13 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Spring rod

Spring rod (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

Plastic plunger:

• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR01 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• Length 76 mm (spring 23.5 mm, plunger 10 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR03 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• Length 242.5 mm (spring 150 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR04 1 1 unit 102 0.040

High-grade steel plunger:

• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR02 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist lever

Twist levers, adjustable length

Rod actuator

Twist actuators, plastic (without lever)

Switching right and/or left, adjustable q A 3SE5 000-0AK00 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Levers for twist actuatorsTwist lever 21 mm, straight, type A acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA21 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA22 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA23 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Metal lever, plastic roller 30 q B 3SE5 000-0AA25 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA31 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA32 1 1 unit 102 0.022

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid holes

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA61 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Metal lever, plastic roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA67 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA68 1 1 unit 102 0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA63 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Twist levers, adjustable length

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 A 3SE5 000-0AA50 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA51 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Metal lever, plastic roller 30 B 3SE5 000-0AA55 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, plastic roller 50 B 3SE5 000-0AA57 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 B 3SE5 000-0AA58 1 1 unit 102 0.040

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA52 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA53 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Rod actuators

Aluminum rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA80 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Spring rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA81 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Plastic rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA82 1 1 unit 102 0.020

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 28: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresAmbient temperature up to –40 °C

8/28 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units 2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 or IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

Modular system2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 or IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1) On the plastic version the basic switch is a complete unit with rounded plunger.

2) Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 31 mm

Twist lever

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50047With high-grade steel lever 21 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0CK31-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.085

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith high-grade steel lever with grid hole and plastic roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 232-0CK62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.100

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LK62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 50 mm

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist leversWith metal lever 21 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0HK21-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.095

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith high-grade steel lever with grid hole and plastic roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0HK62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.115

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 31 mm (with rounded plunger1))

Basic switch

With teflon plunger

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0CC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0KC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0LC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Basic switches • Enclosure width 50 mm (with rounded plunger1))

Basic switch

With teflon plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0BC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Snap-action contacts• Integrated2)

1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0HC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.065

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 29: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, plastic enclosuresAmbient temperature up to –40 °C

8/29Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Roller plunger

Roller plunger, type C acc. to EN 50047

Plastic rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD03-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Roller lever

Roller lever, type E acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE10-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE12-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Angular roller lever

Angular roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF10-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF12-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist actuators, plastic (without lever)

Switching right and/or left, adjustable q B 3SE5 000-0AK00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Levers for twist actuators

Twist lever

Twist lever straight, 21 mm, type A acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA21-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA31-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid holes

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.025

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 30: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE2, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/30 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units2 contacts · Degree of protection IP66 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) The actuators can be subsequently replaced with other versions (see

"Accessories", page 8/32).

Version Contacts DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 40 mm

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungers, type B, acc. to EN 50041With plastic plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-0C 1 1 unit 102 0.115

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-1C 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-3C 1 1 unit 102 0.115

Slow-action contacts 2 NO B 3SE2 230-7C 1 1 unit 102 0.125

Slow-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-6C 1 1 unit 102 0.115

Snap-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-8CV00 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Roller plunger

Roller levers, type C, acc. to EN 50041With plastic roller 13 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-0D 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-1D 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-3D 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Slow-action contacts 2 NO B 3SE2 230-7D 1 1 unit 102 0.135

Slow-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-6D 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Snap-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-8DV00 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Roller lever

Roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-0E 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-1E 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-3E 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Slow-action contacts 2 NO B 3SE2 230-7E 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Slow-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-6E 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Snap-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-8EV00 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Angular roller lever

Angular roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-0F 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-1F 1 1 unit 102 0.132

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-3F 1 1 unit 102 0.135

Slow-action contacts 2 NO C 3SE2 230-7F 1 1 unit 102 0.140

Slow-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-6F 1 1 unit 102 0.135

Snap-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-8FV00 1 1 unit 102 0.150

Spring rod

Spring rodLength 139.5 mm, with plastic plunger 50 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-1R 1 1 unit 102 0.150

Snap-action contacts 2 NC B 3SE2 230-8RV00 1 1 unit 102 0.160

��

���

����

�������

�������

��

���

����

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 31: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE2, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/31Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

2 contacts · Degree of protection IP66 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) The actuators can be subsequently replaced with other versions (see

"Accessories", page 8/32).

Version Contacts DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 40 mm

Twist lever

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50041With metal lever and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-0GW 1 1 unit 102 0.155

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-1GW 1 1 unit 102 0.155

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE2 230-3GW 1 1 unit 102 0.150

Slow-action contacts 2 NO B 3SE2 230-7GW 1 1 unit 102 0.150

Slow-action contacts 2 NC q C 3SE2 230-6GW 1 1 unit 102 0.145

Snap-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SE2 230-8GW00 1 1 unit 102 0.180

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith metal lever and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-0U 1 1 unit 102 0.160

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-1U 1 1 unit 102 0.160

Slow-action contacts 2 NO B 3SE2 230-7U 1 1 unit 102 0.160

Slow-action contacts 2 NC C 3SE2 230-6U 1 1 unit 102 0.160

Snap-action contacts 2 NC B 3SE2 230-8UW00 1 1 unit 102 0.170

Rod actuator

Rod actuators, type D, acc. to EN 50041With plastic rod, 200 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-0W 1 1 unit 102 0.165

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-1W 1 1 unit 102 0.160

Slow-action contacts 2 NO B 3SE2 230-7W 1 1 unit 102 0.160

Slow-action contacts 2 NC B 3SE2 230-6W 1 1 unit 102 0.160

Snap-action contacts 2 NC B 3SE2 230-8WW00 1 1 unit 102 0.195

With aluminum rod, 200 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC C 3SE2 230-0V 1 1 unit 102 0.190

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-1V 1 1 unit 102 0.170

Slow-action contacts 2 NO B 3SE2 230-7V 1 1 unit 102 0.170

Slow-action contacts 2 NC B 3SE2 230-6V 1 1 unit 102 0.170

Snap-action contacts 2 NC B 3SE2 230-8VW00 1 1 unit 102 0.200

��

���

��

��

��

���

����

��

���

����

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 32: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE2, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/32 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Basic switches without operating mechanism

2 contacts · Degree of protection IP66 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. For operating mechanisms for basic switches see Accessories.

■ Accessories

The operating mechanisms of the position switches in series 3SE2 230 can be subsequently replaced with other versions.

qPositively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.1) Only for snap-action contacts.

Version Contacts DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 40 mm

Basic switch

With plastic plunger

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.095

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-1A 1 1 unit 102 0.100

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 1 NC B 3SE2 230-3A 1 1 unit 102 0.095

Slow-action contacts 2 NO B 3SE2 230-7A 1 1 unit 102 0.095

Slow-action contacts 2 NC B 3SE2 230-6A 1 1 unit 102 0.095

Actuator with fixing screws and seal

Can be used for position switches

DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Complete actuators

Rounded plungers 3SE2 230–.C q B 3SX3 160 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Roller plungers 3SE2 230–.D

• With plastic roller, Ø 13 mm q B 3SX3 161 1 1 unit 102 0.025

• With high-grade steel roller, Ø 13 mm

q B 3SX3 262 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Roller levers 3SE2 230–.E

• With plastic roller, Ø 22 mm q } 3SX3 164 1 1 unit 102 0.035

• With high-grade steel roller, Ø 22 mm

Angular roller levers 3SE2 230–.F

• With plastic roller, Ø 22 mm q B 3SX3 168 1 1 unit 102 0.035

• With high-grade steel roller, Ø 22 mm

Spring rods1) 3SE2 230–.R

• Spring 50 mm, plastic plunger 50 mm

B 3SX3 210 1 1 unit 102 0.050

• Spring 50 mm, high-grade steel plunger 50 mm

B 3SX3 281 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• Spring 150 mm, plastic plunger 50 mm

B 3SX3 283 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Spring 150 mm, metal plunger 50 mm

B 3SX3 311 1 1 unit 102 0.080

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 33: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE2, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/33Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

qPositively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Actuator with fixing screws and seal

Can be used for position switches

DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Complete actuators

Twist levers

• Finely adjustable from 10° to 10°, (supplied with plunger)

3SE2 230–.GW

- With plastic roller, Ø 19 mm q C 3SX3 167 1 1 unit 102 0.050

• Adjustable length, finely adjustable from 10° to 10°, (supplied with plunger)

3SE2 230–.U

- With plastic roller, Ø 19 mm B 3SX3 163 1 1 unit 102 0.060

Rod actuators Adjustable length

• With plastic rod, 200 mm (supplied with plunger)

3SE2 230–.W B 3SX3 166 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• With aluminum rod, 200 mm 3SE2 230–.V B 3SX3 165 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Actuators with separate twist actuator

Twist actuators (without lever) 3SE2 230–.GW, 3SE2 230–.U, 3SE2 230–.V, 3SE2 230–.W

B 3SX3 305 1 1 unit 102 0.030

3SX3 212

3SX3 301

Twist levers, 30 mm longFor round spindle

3SE2 ...– .GW

• With plastic roller, Ø 19 mm q } 3SX3 212 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• With high-grade steel roller, Ø 19 mm

q B 3SX3 265 1 1 unit 102 0.025

• With ball bearing and roller, Ø 19 mm

q B 3SX3 320 1 1 unit 102 0.025

• With plastic roller, Ø 30 mm q B 3SX3 278 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• With plastic roller, Ø 50 mm q B 3SX3 301 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• With rubber roller, Ø 50 mm q B 3SX3 280 1 1 unit 102 0.020

3SX3 304

Twist levers

• Adjustable length 3SE2 230–.U

- Plastic roller, Ø 19 mm } 3SX3 213 1 1 unit 102 0.024

- With high-grade steel roller, Ø 19 mm

B 3SX3 268 1 1 unit 102 0.030

- With plastic roller, Ø 30 mm B 3SX3 302 1 1 unit 102 0.025

- With rubber roller, Ø 50 mm B 3SX3 304 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• Adjustable length, with grid hole, with plastic roller, Ø 19 mm

q B 3SX3 321 1 1 unit 102 0.025

3SX3 215

Rod actuators with holder

• Plastic rod, 200 mm 3SE2 230– .W } 3SX3 215 1 1 unit 102 0.031

• Aluminum rod, 200 mm 3SE2 230– .V } 3SX3 214 1 1 unit 102 0.032

Rod actuators (without holder)

• Plastic rod, 200 mm 3SE2 230– .W } 3SX3 000 1 1 unit 102 0.008

• Aluminum rod, 200 mm 3SE2 230– .V B 3SX3 001 1 1 unit 102 0.016

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 34: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/34 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Popular versions.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 40 mm

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50041With high-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BC02 1 1 unit 102 0.290

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 112-0CC02 1 1 unit 102 0.290

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0KC02 1 1 unit 102 0.300

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0LC02 1 1 unit 102 0.300

Roller plunger

Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50041With high-grade steel roller 13 mm, with 3 mm overtravel

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BD02 1 1 unit 102 0.310

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 112-0CD02 1 1 unit 102 0.310

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0KD02 1 1 unit 102 0.320

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0LD02 1 1 unit 102 0.320

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A) and 2 LEDs

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SE5 114-1CD02-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.320

Roller lever

Roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BE01 1 1 unit 102 0.300

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 112-0CE01 1 1 unit 102 0.300

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0KE01 1 1 unit 102 0.310

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0LE01 1 1 unit 102 0.310

Angular roller lever

Angular roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BF01 1 1 unit 102 0.310

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 112-0CF01 1 1 unit 102 0.310

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0LF01 1 1 unit 102 0.320

Spring rod

Spring rodLength 142.5 mm, with plastic plunger 50 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- } 3SE5 112-0CR01 1 1 unit 102 0.315

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 35: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/35Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Popular versions.

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 40 mm

Twist lever

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50041With metal lever 27 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BH01 1 1 unit 102 0.345

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 112-0CH01 1 1 unit 102 0.345

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0KH01 1 1 unit 102 0.355

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0LH01 1 1 unit 102 0.355

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 114-0CH01-1AC5 1 1 unit 102 0.350

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A) and 2 LEDs

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SE5 114-1CH01-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.355

With metal lever 27 mm and high-grade steel roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BH02 1 1 unit 102 0.355

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 112-0CH02 1 1 unit 102 0.355

Twist lever, adjustable length, with grid holes

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A) and 2 LEDs

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q C 3SE5 114-1CH02-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.375

With metal lever 30 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 112-0CH24 1 1 unit 102 0.350

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith metal lever with grid hole and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BH60 1 1 unit 102 0.360

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 112-0CH60 1 1 unit 102 0.360

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0LH60 1 1 unit 102 0.370

Twist lever, adjustable length

With metal lever and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 112-0BH50 1 1 unit 102 0.360

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- } 3SE5 112-0CH50 1 1 unit 102 0.360

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- B 3SE5 112-0LH50 1 1 unit 102 0.370

With M12 connector socket, 8-pole (30 V, 2 A) and 2 LEDs

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q C 3SE5 114-1LH50-1AD4 1 1 unit 102 0.310

With metal lever and high-grade steel roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 112-0CH51 1 1 unit 102 0.370

Fork lever

Fork levers, latchingWith metal lever and 2 plastic rollers 19 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0CT11 1 1 unit 102 0.360

Rod actuator

Rod actuators, type D, acc. to EN 50041With aluminum rod, length 200 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- } 3SE5 112-0CH80 1 1 unit 102 0.300

With plastic rod, length 200 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 112-0CH82 1 1 unit 102 0.300

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 36: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/36 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Modular system2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1) Use corresponding high-grade steel lever.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 40 mm

Basic switch

With M20 × 1.5 connecting thread

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BA00 1 1 unit 102 0.260

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 112-0CA00 1 1 unit 102 0.260

• Gold-plated contacts q D 3SE5 112-0CA00-1AC1 1 1 unit 102 0.260

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 112-0KA00 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 112-0LA00 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0MA00 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0PA00 1 1 unit 102 0.270

With increased corrosion protection

With increased corrosion protection1)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0BA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.260

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0CA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.260

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0KA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0LA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0MA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0PA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

With M12 socket

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 114-0BA00-1AC5 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 114-0CA00-1AC5 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Slow-action contacts 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 114-0KA00-1AE1 1 1 unit 102 0.280

Snap-action contacts 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 114-0LA00-1AE1 1 1 unit 102 0.280

with plug, 6-pole + PE

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (250 V, 10 A)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 115-0KA00-1AD1 1 1 unit 102 0.280

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 115-0LA00-1AD1 1 1 unit 102 0.280

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (250 V, 10 A) and quick-release device

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 115-0CA00-1AD0 1 1 unit 102 0.350

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 112-1KA00 1 1 unit 102 0.280

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 112-1LA00 1 1 unit 102 0.280

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q C 3SE5 112-3KA00 1 1 unit 102 0.280

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q C 3SE5 112-3LA00 1 1 unit 102 0.280

With M12 socket and 2 LEDs

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A) and 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 114-1BA00-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.280

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SE5 114-1CA00-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.280

With M12 connector socket, 8-pole (30 V, 2 A) and 2 LEDs

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q C 3SE5 114-1LA00-1AD4 1 1 unit 102 0.310

With socket, 6-pole + PE, and 2 LEDs

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (10 A), and 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 115-1BA00-1AF2 1 1 unit 102 0.290

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 115-1CA00-1AF2 1 1 unit 102 0.290

Snap-action contacts 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 115-1LA00-1AD2 1 1 unit 102 0.300

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 37: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm according to EN 50041

8/37Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits. 1) Can be mounted on bead (180°).

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Plungers

Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50041High-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel q B 3SE5 000-0AC02 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Roller plunger, type C acc. to EN 50041High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AD02 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Roller lever

Roller leversMetal lever, plastic roller 22 q A 3SE5 000-0AE01 1 1 unit 102 0.045Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE02 1 1 unit 102 0.065High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE03 1 1 unit 102 0.040High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE04 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Angular roller lev.

Angular roller leversMetal lever, plastic roller 22 q A 3SE5 000-0AF01 1 1 unit 102 0.050Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF02 1 1 unit 102 0.075High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF03 1 1 unit 102 0.050High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF04 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Spring rod

Spring rod (for switches with snap-action contacts only)Plastic plunger:• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR01 1 1 unit 102 0.060• Length 76 mm (spring 23.5 mm, plunger 10 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR03 1 1 unit 102 0.020• Length 242.5 mm (spring 150 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR04 1 1 unit 102 0.040High-grade steel plunger:• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR02 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist lever

Twist lever, adjustable length

Fork lever

Rod actuator

Twist actuators, metal (without lever)• For twist levers and rod actuators,

switching right and/or left, adjustableq A 3SE5 000-0AH00 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• For fork levers, latching q B 3SE5 000-0AT10 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Levers for twist actuatorsTwist levers, offset, type A acc. to EN 50041Metal lever 27 mm, plastic roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA01 1 1 unit 102 0.015Metal lever 27 mm, high-grade steel roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA02 1 1 unit 102 0.035Metal lever 27 mm, roller with ball bearing 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA03 1 1 unit 102 0.020Metal lever 27 mm, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA04 1 1 unit 102 0.015Metal lever 27 mm, plastic roller 30 q B 3SE5 000-0AA05 1 1 unit 102 0.015Metal lever 27 mm, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA08 1 1 unit 102 0.030High-grade steel lever 27 mm, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA11 1 1 unit 102 0.015High-grade steel lever 27 mm, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA12 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever 35 mm, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA15 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Twist levers 30 mm, straight1)

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA24 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid holesMetal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA61 1 1 unit 102 0.040Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA68 1 1 unit 102 0.045High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62 1 1 unit 102 0.025High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA63 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Twist levers, adjustable lengthMetal lever, plastic roller 19 A 3SE5 000-0AA50 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA51 1 1 unit 102 0.035Metal lever, plastic roller 30 B 3SE5 000-0AA55 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever, rubber roller 50 B 3SE5 000-0AA58 1 1 unit 102 0.040High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA52 1 1 unit 102 0.025High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA53 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Fork lever (for switches with snap-action contacts only)2 metal levers, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT01 1 1 unit 102 0.0502 metal levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT02 1 1 unit 102 0.0502 high-grade steel levers, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT03 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Rod actuators, type D acc. to EN 50041Aluminum rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA80 1 1 unit 102 0.070Spring rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA81 1 1 unit 102 0.030Plastic rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA82 1 1 unit 102 0.020

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 38: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 56 mm

8/38 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units 2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry 3 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Popular versions.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 56 mm

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungersWith high-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0BC02 1 1 unit 102 0.355

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q } 3SE5 122-0CC02 1 1 unit 102 0.355

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0KC02 1 1 unit 102 0.365

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0LC02 1 1 unit 102 0.365

Roller plunger

Roller plungersWith high-grade steel roller 13 mm, with 3 mm overtravel

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0BD02 1 1 unit 102 0.375

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 122-0CD02 1 1 unit 102 0.375

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0KD02 1 1 unit 102 0.385

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0LD02 1 1 unit 102 0.385

Roller lever

Roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0BE01 1 1 unit 102 0.365

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 122-0CE01 1 1 unit 102 0.365

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0KE01 1 1 unit 102 0.375

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0LE01 1 1 unit 102 0.375

With metal lever and high-grade steel roller 22 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0CE02 1 1 unit 102 0.390

Angular roller lever

Angular roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0BF01 1 1 unit 102 0.380

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0CF01 1 1 unit 102 0.380

Spring rod

Spring rodLength 142.5 mm, with plastic plunger 50 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 122-0CR01 1 1 unit 102 0.385

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 39: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 56 mm

8/39Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry 3 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Popular versions.

Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units1) • Enclosure width 56 mm

Twist lever

Twist leversWith metal lever 27 mm and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0BH01 1 1 unit 102 0.410

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 122-0CH01 1 1 unit 102 0.410

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0KH01 1 1 unit 102 0.420

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0LH01 1 1 unit 102 0.420

With metal lever 27 mm and high-grade steel roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0CH02 1 1 unit 102 0.250

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- B 3SE5 122-0LH02 1 1 unit 102 0.250

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith metal lever with grid hole and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0BH60 1 1 unit 102 0.250

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 122-0CH60 1 1 unit 102 0.250

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0LH60 1 1 unit 102 0.250

With metal lever and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 122-0BH50 1 1 unit 102 0.420

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- A 3SE5 122-0CH50 1 1 unit 102 0.420

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- B 3SE5 122-0LH50 1 1 unit 102 0.430

Fork lever

Fork levers, latchingWith metal lever and 2 plastic rollers 19 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0CT11 1 1 unit 102 0.250

Rod actuator

Rod actuatorsWith aluminum rod, length 200 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 122-0CH80 1 1 unit 102 0.250

With plastic rod, length 200 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- B 3SE5 122-0CH82 1 1 unit 102 0.250

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 40: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 56 mm

8/40 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Modular system2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry 3 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

1) Use corresponding high-grade steel lever.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 56 mm

Basic switch

With 3 x M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 122-0BA00 1 1 unit 102 0.315

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 122-0CA00 1 1 unit 102 0.315

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0KA00 1 1 unit 102 0.325

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q A 3SE5 122-0LA00 1 1 unit 102 0.325

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0MA00 1 1 unit 102 0.335

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0PA00 1 1 unit 102 0.335

With increased corrosion protection

With increased corrosion protection1)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0BA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.315

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0CA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.315

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0KA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.325

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0LA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.335

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0MA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.335

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0PA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.335

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 122-1KA00 1 1 unit 102 0.330

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 122-1LA00 1 1 unit 102 0.330

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 122-3KA00 1 1 unit 102 0.330

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 122-3LA00 1 1 unit 102 0.330

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Rounded/roller plunger

Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50041High-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel q B 3SE5 000-0AC02 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Roller plunger, type C acc. to EN 50041High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AD02 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Roller lever

Roller leversMetal lever, plastic roller 22 q A 3SE5 000-0AE01 1 1 unit 102 0.045Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE02 1 1 unit 102 0.065High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE03 1 1 unit 102 0.040High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE04 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Angular roller lev.

Angular roller leversMetal lever, plastic roller 22 q A 3SE5 000-0AF01 1 1 unit 102 0.050Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF02 1 1 unit 102 0.075High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF03 1 1 unit 102 0.050High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF04 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Spring rod

Spring rod (for switches with snap-action contacts only)Plastic plunger:• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR01 1 1 unit 102 0.060• Length 76 mm (spring 23.5 mm, plunger 10 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR03 1 1 unit 102 0.020• Length 242.5 mm (spring 150 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR04 1 1 unit 102 0.040High-grade steel plunger:• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR02 1 1 unit 102 0.040

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 41: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 56 mm

8/41Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.1) Can be mounted on bead (180°).

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist actuators, metal (without lever)• For twist levers and rod actuators,

switching right and/or left, adjustableq A 3SE5 000-0AH00 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• For fork levers, latching q B 3SE5 000-0AT10 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Levers for twist actuators

Twist lever

Twist levers 27 mm, offset, type A acc. to EN 50041Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA01 1 1 unit 102 0.015Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA02 1 1 unit 102 0.035Metal lever, roller with ball bearing 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA03 1 1 unit 102 0.020Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA04 1 1 unit 102 0.015Metal lever, plastic roller 30 q B 3SE5 000-0AA05 1 1 unit 102 0.015Metal lever, plastic roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA07 1 1 unit 102 0.020Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA08 1 1 unit 102 0.030High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA11 1 1 unit 102 0.015High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA12 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Twist levers 35 mm, offset

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA15 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Twist levers 30 mm, straight1)

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA24 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Twist levers, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid holesMetal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA61 1 1 unit 102 0.040Metal lever, plastic roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA67 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA68 1 1 unit 102 0.045High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62 1 1 unit 102 0.025High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA63 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Twist levers, adjustable lengthMetal lever, plastic roller 19 A 3SE5 000-0AA50 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA51 1 1 unit 102 0.035Metal lever, plastic roller 30 B 3SE5 000-0AA55 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever, plastic roller 50 B 3SE5 000-0AA57 1 1 unit 102 0.025Metal lever, rubber roller 50 B 3SE5 000-0AA58 1 1 unit 102 0.040High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA52 1 1 unit 102 0.025High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA53 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Fork lever

Fork lever (for switches with snap-action contacts only)2 metal levers, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT01 1 1 unit 102 0.0502 metal levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT02 1 1 unit 102 0.0502 high-grade steel levers, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT03 1 1 unit 102 0.0502 high-grade steel levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers

19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT04 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Rod actuator

Rod actuators, type D acc. to EN 50041Aluminum rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA80 1 1 unit 102 0.070Spring rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA81 1 1 unit 102 0.030Plastic rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA82 1 1 unit 102 0.020

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 42: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresAmbient temperature up to –40 °C

8/42 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units 2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

Modular system2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units • Enclosure width 40 mm

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith high-grade steel lever with grid hole and plastic roller 19 mm

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q A 3SE5 112-0CH62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.300

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 40 mm

Basic switch

With teflon plunger

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0CA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.260

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0KA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 112-0LA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Basic switches • Enclosure width 56 mm

Basic switch

With teflon plunger

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0CA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.260

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0KA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.325

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0LA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.325

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 43: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresAmbient temperature up to –40 °C

8/43Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungers, type B acc. to EN 50041

High-grade steel rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AC02-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Roller plunger

Roller plunger, type C acc. to EN 50041

High-grade steel rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD02-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Roller lever

Roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE01-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.050

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE03-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Angular roller lever

Angular roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF01-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.050

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF03-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist actuators, metal (without lever)

Switching right and/or left, adjustable q B 3SE5 000-0AH00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Levers for twist actuators

Twist lever

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50041

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA01-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA11-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid holes

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 102 0.025

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 44: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE2, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 56 mm

8/44 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units4 contacts · Degree of protection IP67 · Cable entry 3 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Version Contacts DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Complete units • Enclosure width 56 mm

Plunger

PlungersWith plastic head and high-grade steel plunger

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-0B 1 1 unit 102 0.355

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-1B 1 1 unit 102 0.353

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC q C 3SE2 404-2B 1 1 unit 102 0.380

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungersWith metal head and high-grade steel plunger

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-0C 1 1 unit 102 0.395

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-1C 1 1 unit 102 0.385

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC q C 3SE2 404-2C 1 1 unit 102 0.400

Roller plunger

Roller plungersWith metal head and brass roller, 13 mm

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q C 3SE2 404-0D 1 1 unit 102 0.403

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-1D 1 1 unit 102 0.420

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC q C 3SE2 404-2D 1 1 unit 102 0.420

Roller lever

Roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-0E 1 1 unit 102 0.381

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-1E 1 1 unit 102 0.380

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-2E 1 1 unit 102 0.380

Angular roller lever

Angular roller leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 22 mm

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q C 3SE2 404-0F 1 1 unit 102 0.380

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-1F 1 1 unit 102 0.383

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC q C 3SE2 404-2F 1 1 unit 102 0.400

Twist lever

Twist leversWith metal lever and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-0GW 1 1 unit 102 0.470

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-1GW 1 1 unit 102 0.469

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC q C 3SE2 404-2GW 1 1 unit 102 0.480

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith metal lever and plastic roller 19 mm

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC C 3SE2 404-0UW 1 1 unit 102 0.477

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC B 3SE2 404-1UW 1 1 unit 102 0.479

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC C 3SE2 404-2UW 1 1 unit 102 0.380

Rod actuator

Rod actuatorsWith plastic rod

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC C 3SE2 404-0WW 1 1 unit 102 0.380

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC B 3SE2 404-1WW 1 1 unit 102 0.476

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC B 3SE2 404-2WW 1 1 unit 102 0.490

With aluminum rod

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC C 3SE2 404-0VW 1 1 unit 102 0.490

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC C 3SE2 404-1VW 1 1 unit 102 0.488

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

2 NO + 2 NC C 3SE2 404-2VW 1 1 unit 102 0.380

�������

��

���

��

��

��

���

��

��

�������

��

���

����

��

���

����

��

���

����

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 45: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE2, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm / 56 mm

8/45Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Basic switches without operating mechanism4 contacts · Degree of protection IP67 · Cable entry 3 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

■ Accessories

The operating mechanisms of the position switches with metal enclosure can be subsequently replaced with other versions.

qPositively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Version Contacts DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 56 mm

Basic switch

With plastic plunger

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q C 3SE2 404-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.420

Snap-action contacts 2 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE2 404-1A 1 1 unit 102 0.339

Version Can be used for position switches

DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Complete actuators

3SX3 100

PlungersWith screws and gasket

3SE2 ...– .B q } 3SX3 100 1 1 unit 102 0.020

3SX3 106

Rounded plungersWith screws and gasket

3SE2 ...– .C q } 3SX3 106 1 1 unit 102 0.055

3SX3 107

Roller plungersWith screws and gasket

3SE2 ...– .D

• With brass roller (standard) q } 3SX3 107 1 1 unit 102 0.080

• With high-grade steel roller q B 3SX3 263 1 1 unit 102 0.080

3SX3 102

Roller leversWith screws and gasket

3SE2 ...– .E

• With plastic roller (standard) q } 3SX3 102 1 1 unit 102 0.035

• With high-grade steel roller q B 3SX3 275 1 1 unit 102 0.050

3SX3 104

Angular roller leversWith screws and gasket

3SE2 ...– .F

• With plastic roller (standard) q } 3SX3 104 1 1 unit 102 0.040

• With high-grade steel roller q B 3SX3 276 1 1 unit 102 0.050

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 46: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE2, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm / 56 mm

8/46 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

qPositively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.1) Only for switches with snap-action contacts.

Version Can be used for position switches

DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Actuators with separate twist actuator

3SX3 211

Twist actuatorsWith round spindle, screws and gasket

• Standard 3SE2 ...– .GW, 3SE2 ...– .UW, 3SE2 ...– .VW, 3SE2 ...– .WW

} 3SX3 211 1 1 unit 102 0.112

• Switching right and/or left, adjust-able

3SE2 ...– .GW, 3SE2 ...– .UW, 3SE2 ...– .VW, 3SE2 ...– .WW

B 3SX3 307 1 1 unit 102 0.085

• For fork levers 3SE2 1..– .T C 3SX3 127 1 1 unit 102 0.131

3SX3 212

3SX3 301

Twist levers, 30 mm longFor round spindle

3SE2 ...– .GW

• With plastic roller, Ø 19 mm q } 3SX3 212 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• With high-grade steel roller, Ø 19 mm

q B 3SX3 265 1 1 unit 102 0.025

• With ball bearing and roller, Ø 19 mm

q B 3SX3 320 1 1 unit 102 0.025

• With plastic roller, Ø 30 mm q B 3SX3 278 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• With plastic roller, Ø 50 mm q B 3SX3 301 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• With rubber roller, Ø 50 mm q B 3SX3 280 1 1 unit 102 0.020

3SX3 213

Twist levers, adjustable lengthWith clamp

3SE2 ...– .UW

• With plastic roller, Ø 19 mm } 3SX3 213 1 1 unit 102 0.024

• With high-grade steel roller, Ø 19 mm

B 3SX3 268 1 1 unit 102 0.030

• With plastic roller, Ø 30 mm B 3SX3 302 1 1 unit 102 0.025

• With rubber roller, Ø 50 mm B 3SX3 304 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Roller rods, adjustable length(without clamp)

3SE2 ...– .UW B 3SY3 024 1 1 unit 102 0.036

Twist levers, adjustable lengthwith grid hole, With clamp

3SE2 ...– .UW q B 3SX3 321 1 1 unit 102 0.025

3SX3 215

Rod actuators with holder

• Plastic rod, 200 mm 3SE2 ...– .WW } 3SX3 215 1 1 unit 102 0.031

• Aluminum rod, 200 mm 3SE2 ...– .VW } 3SX3 214 1 1 unit 102 0.032

Rod actuators (without holder)

• Plastic rod, 200 mm 3SE2 ...– .WW } 3SX3 000 1 1 unit 102 0.008

• Aluminum rod, 200 mm 3SE2 ...– .VW B 3SX3 001 1 1 unit 102 0.016

3SX3 115

Fork levers1) 3SE2 1..– .T

• With 2 plastic rollers, Ø 19 mm q B 3SX3 115 1 1 unit 102 0.032

• With 2 high-grade steel rollers, Ø 19 mm

q B 3SX3 266 1 1 unit 102 0.050

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 47: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

3SE3, metal enclosuresCompact design with molded cable

8/47Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

In harsh industrial environments and in installations with limited space, the small 3SE3 160 and 3SE3 180 compact switches are ideal. The switches are already equipped with a molded cable of 2 m in length and can therefore be installed in the smallest spaces.

Both the enclosure and the twist actuator are made of metal and comply with the high IP67 degree of protection. The roller plunger, rounded plunger and twist lever are available as oper-ating mechanisms.

The contact block is designed with snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC. The NC contact complies with the requirements for positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1.

The 3SE3 1 position switch with molded cable is available in dif-ferent sizes:• The 3SE3 180 series complies with the EU standard and fea-

tures a 30 mm wide enclosure with drilled holes at a distance of 20 mm.

• The 3SE3 160 series meets the requirements of the US market and features a 40 mm wide enclosure with drilled holes at a spacing of 25 mm.

■ Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Degree of protection IP67 · With 2 m cable

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Operating mechanisms Enclosure width

DT Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Complete units • Enclosure width 30 and 40 mmRounded plungers

• Standard mounting 30 q A 3SE3 180-1C 1 1 unit 102 0.316

40 q A 3SE3 160-1C 1 1 unit 102 0.332

• With M12 connecting thread 30 q A 3SE3 180-1CJ 1 1 unit 102 0.331

40 q A 3SE3 160-1CJ 1 1 unit 102 0.351

Roller plungers

• Standard mounting 30 q A 3SE3 180-1D 1 1 unit 102 0.323

40 q A 3SE3 160-1D 1 1 unit 102 0.348

• With M12 connecting thread 30 q A 3SE3 180-1DJ 1 1 unit 102 0.334

40 q A 3SE3 160-1DJ 1 1 unit 102 0.364

Twist levers 30 q A 3SE3 180-1G 1 1 unit 102 0.366

40 q A 3SE3 160-1G 1 1 unit 102 0.395

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 48: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesOpen-type

3SE5, open-type design

8/48 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

Their compact design makes these switches particularly suit-able for use in confined conditions. The fixing dimensions and operating points are acc. to EN 50047.

The switches are equipped with two or three contacts in slow-ac-tion or snap-action versions. The stroke is 6 mm.

The empty enclosure can be equipped with all switch block vari-ants (see page 8/50).

■ Selection and ordering data

2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP20 (2 contacts), IP10 (3 contacts)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Version Contacts DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Plastic enclosures • Enclosure width 30 mmWith teflon plunger, Ø 6 mm

2 contacts

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q A 3SE5 250-0BC05 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q } 3SE5 250-0CC05 1 1 unit 102 0.025

3 contacts

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 250-0KC05 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q A 3SE5 250-0LC05 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 250-0MC05 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC q A 3SE5 250-0PC05 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Empty enclosures

Empty enclosures without contact block

-- q B 3SE5 250-0AC05 1 1 unit 102 0.015

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 49: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Accessories and Spare Parts

8/49Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

The quick-release devices and plug-in connections are used for fast installation and replacement of position switches.

1) For wiring, a crimping tool is necessary, max. conductor cross-section 1 mm2.

2) For more cable boxes with molded cable see Industry Mall or Catalog FS 10.

Version DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Quick-release devices for enclosure width 40 mm

3SY3 110 3SY3 027

Adapter plates with screws B 3SY3 110 1 1 unit 102 0.055

Base plates with locking lever B 3SY3 027 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Plug-in connections for M20 × 1.5 connecting threads

3SY3 131

3SY3 136

Connector sockets (6-pole + PE), for M20 × 1.5 for max. 250 V, 10 AWith 0.75 mm2 connecting cable, plastic, degree of protection IP65, ambient temperature –40 to +90 °C

B 3SY3 131 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Cable box (6-pole + PE)1)

With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled, plastic, degree of protection IP65

A 3SY3 136 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Connector sockets (4-pole), M12, for M20 × 1.5, fixed For max 250 V, 4 A, Uimp = 2500 VWith four 0.25 mm2 connecting cables, plastic, degree of protection IP67, ambient temperature –40 to +85 °C

B 3SY3 127 1 1 unit 102 0.010

3SY3 127

3SY3 134

3RX8 000

Cable boxes (4-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled2)

A 3RX8 000-0CB45 1 1 unit 574 0.015

Angular cable boxes (4-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled2)

A 3RX8 000-0CC45 1 1 unit 574 0.015

Connector sockets (5-pole), M12, for M20 × 1.5, fixed For max. 125 V, 4 A, Uimp = 1500 VWith five 0.25 mm2 connecting cables, plastic, degree of protection IP67, ambient temperature –40 to +85 °C

B 3SY3 128 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Cable boxes (5-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled2)

A 3RX8 000-0CB55 1 1 unit 574 0.016

Angular cable boxes (5-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled2)

A 3RX8 000-0CC55 1 1 unit 574 0.016

Connector sockets (8-pole), M12, for M20 × 1.5, fixed, metal versionfor max. 30 V, 2 A, Uimp = 800 VWith eight 0.25 mm2 connecting cables, metal, degree of protection IP67, ambient temperature –40 to +85 °C

B 3SY3 134 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Cable boxes (8-pole), M12With 5 m PUR cable, 8 × 0.25 mm2, IP67 2)

A 3RX8 000-0CB81-1GF0

1 1 unit 574 0.326

Adapters and cable glands for M20 × 1.5 connecting threads

3SX9 917 3SX9 918

Adapters acc. to s, u and U For cable entry from M20 × 1.5 to NPT 1/2

• Metal B 3SX9 917 1 1 unit 102 0.035

• Plastic D 3SX9 918 1 1 unit 102 0.015

3SX9 926

Cable glands M20 × 1.5Plastic

A 3SX9 926 1 1 unit 102 0.010

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 50: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Accessories and Spare Parts

8/50 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Version Color/ contacts

DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Optional accessories for 3SE51, 3SE52

Protective caps, rubber, for rounded plungers acc. to EN 50047, 3SE5. ..-..C05

Black B 3SE5 000-0AC30 1 1 unit 102 0.003

Spare parts for 3SE51, 3SE52

Enclosure width 31 mm

Empty enclosures, plastic Turquoise

Enclosure width 31 mm B 3SE5 232-0AC05 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• With increased corrosion pro-tection

B 3SE5 232-0AC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Enclosure width 50 mm B 3SE5 242-0AC05 1 1 unit 102 0.035

• With increased corrosion pro-tection

B 3SE5 242-0AC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Enclosure width 40 mm

Empty enclosures, metal Turquoise

• With increased corrosion pro-tection

B 3SE5 212-0AC05-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.115

Enclosure width 40 mm B 3SE5 112-0AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.230

• With increased corrosion pro-tection

B 3SE5 112-0AA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.230

Enclosure width 56 mm B 3SE5 122-0AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.250

• With increased corrosion pro-tection

B 3SE5 122-0AA00-1CA0 1 1 unit 102 0.250

2 contacts

Contact blocks with 2 contacts

• Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE5 000-0BA00 1 1 unit 102 0.050

• Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC

- Standard q B 3SE5 000-0CA00 1 1 unit 102 0.050

- Gold-plated contacts q B 3SE5 000-0CA00-1AC1 1 1 unit 102 0.050

- 2 × 2 mm switching interval q B 3SE5 000-0GA00 1 1 unit 102 0.050

- Short stroke q B 3SE5 000-0NA00 1 1 unit 102 0.050

3 contacts

Contact blocks with 3 contacts

• Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 000-0KA00 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 000-0LA00 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 000-0MA00 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC B 3SE5 000-0PA00 1 1 unit 102 0.060

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 51: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position Switches

Accessories and Spare Parts

8/51Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Version Rated voltage LED DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

V kg

Spare parts for 3SE51, 3SE52

31 mm, turquoise with LED

Covers for plastic enclosures, width 31 mm

• Turquoise with LED 24 DC B 3SE5 230-1AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.012

230 AC B 3SE5 230-3AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.012

• Yellow -- B 3SE5 230-0AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.010

• Yellow with LED 24 DC B 3SE5 230-1AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.012

230 AC B 3SE5 230-3AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.012

50 mm, turquoise with LED

Covers for plastic enclosures, width 50 mm

• Turquoise with LED 24 DC B 3SE5 240-1AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.015

230 AC B 3SE5 240-3AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.015

• Yellow -- B 3SE5 240-0AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.012

• Yellow with LED 24 DC B 3SE5 240-1AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.015

230 AC B 3SE5 240-3AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.015

40 mm, yellow with LED

Covers for metal enclosures, width 40 mm

• Turquoise with LED 24 DC B 3SE5 110-1AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.060

230 AC B 3SE5 110-3AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• Yellow -- B 3SE5 110-0AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.055

• Yellow with LED 24 DC B 3SE5 110-1AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.060

230 AC B 3SE5 110-3AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.060

56 mm, yellow with LED

Covers for metal enclosures, width 56 mm

• Turquoise with LED 24 DC B 3SE5 120-1AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.085

230 AC B 3SE5 120-3AA00 1 1 unit 102 0.085

• Yellow -- B 3SE5 120-0AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.080

• Yellow with LED 24 DC B 3SE5 120-1AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.085

230 AC B 3SE5 120-3AA00-1AG0 1 1 unit 102 0.085

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 52: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator

General data

8/52 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

Position switches with separate actuator are used where the po-sition of doors, covers or protective grills must be monitored for safety reasons.

3SE5 position switches with separate actuator have the same enclosures as the standard switches (modular system).

Design

Enclosure sizes

The 3SE5 switches are available in various enclosure sizes:• Plastic enclosures acc. to EN 50047, 31 mm wide, 1 cable

entry• Plastic enclosures, 50 mm wide, 2 cable entries• Metal enclosures acc. to EN 50041, 40 mm wide, 1 cable entry• Metal enclosures, 56 mm wide, 3 cable entries

Also available is a switch in the 3SE2 series which has arisen in this form acc. to general market requirements:• Molded-plastic enclosure outside of the standards, enclosure

width 52 mm.

Enclosure versions

Various basic versions can be selected for the enclosures of the 3SE5 series:• Available with two- or three-pole contact blocks designed as

slow-action contacts• Optional LED status display• With mounted four- or five-pole M12 connector socket (avail-

able for the wide enclosures as an accessory for self-assem-bly)

• With 6-pole connector socket + PE on the metal enclosures• Similarly with a combination of connector socket and LED in-

dicators• Metal enclosures for explosion protection (ATEX)

(see page 8/72)• AS-Interface version with integrated ASIsafe electronics for all

enclosure designs (see page 8/78)

For a description of the basic switches see page 8/14.

Operation

The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actua-tion from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 × 90°. The switches can also be approached from above.

The twist actuators of the 3SE2 243 and 3SE2 257 switches with special enclosures cannot be changed. The switches can be approached from the two broad sides and from above.

The actuators are not included in the scope of supply of the po-sition switch and must be ordered separately from a choice of six versions to suit the application (see page 8/56).

The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices is impossible.

Radius actuators

The position switches with radius actuators are particularly suit-able for rotatable protective devices. The movable actuation key allows even small radii to be approached. Damage to the switch and the actuator due to inaccurate approach is prevented.

Locking devices

A high-grade steel blocking insert for attaching up to eight pad-locks is available for even more safety (see page 8/56).

Blocking inserts with padlock

Dust protection

A rubber cap to protect the twist actuator from contamination is available for operation in dusty environments (see page 8/56).

Contact reliability

The new contact blocks ensure an extremely high contact stabil-ity. This applies even when the devices are switching low volt-ages and currents, e. g. 1 mA at 5 V DC.

Positive opening q

The NC contacts of the switch are forced open mechanically, positively-driven and reliably by the plunger. This is referred to as "positive opening".

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 53: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator

General data

8/53Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Benefits

The 3SE5 position switches with separate actuator differ from the previous series through the following new characteristics:• All enclosure sizes are optionally available with a LED signal-

ing indicator.• The new three-pole contact block 1 NO + 2 NC is available for

all enclosure sizes.• The plastic enclosure has simple and fast wiring equipment

which makes it possible to save from approx. 20 to 25 % of the time when connecting.

• The ASIsafe electric component is integrated for the versions with the AS-Interface connection (see page 8/78); an adapter is not required.

■ Application

Position switches with separate actuator are used where the po-sition of doors, covers or protective grills must be monitored for safety reasons.

The position switch can only be operated with the matching coded actuator. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices is impossible.

Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the partic-ular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be per-formed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular pur-pose. Dimensions, fixing points of the enclosure are in accordance with EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards. The devices are suitable for use in any climate.

Standards

IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1.

The protective measure of "total insulation" by the molded-plastic enclosure is guaranteed by the use of molded-plastic screw-glands.

Safety position switches

For controls acc. to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1 the devices can be used as a safety position switch. To secure position switches against changes in their position, keyed techniques must be em-ployed on installation.

Safety circuits

IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1 require positive opening of the NC contacts, i. e. for the purposes of personal safety, the as-sured opening of NC contacts is expressly stipulated for the electrical equipment of machines in all safety circuits and marked acc. to the IEC standard 60947-5-1 with the symbol q.

Category 3 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) can be attained with a position switch with a separate actuator if the corresponding failsafe evaluation units are selected and correctly installed, e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching units from the ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges.

Category 4 can be achieved when using an additional position switch.

■ More information

Type 3SE5 1..-..V.., 3SE5 2..-..V..

3SE2 257-.XX.. 3SE2 243-.XX..

General dataStandards IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 400 500

Pollution degree acc. to EN 60664-1 Class 3 Class 3

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6

Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 400; over 300 V AC only equal potential

AC 500; over 380 V AC only equal potential

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith A 6 10

Rated operational current Ie 2-pole 3-pole 3-pole 1-pole

• With alternating current 50/60 Hz Ie / AC-15 Ie / AC-15 Ie / AC-12 Ie / AC-15 Ie / AC-12 Ie / AC-15- At 24 V A 6 6 10 10 10 10- At 120 V A 6 3 10 10 10 10- At 240 V A 3 1.5 10 6 10 4- At 400 V A -- -- 10 4 10 4- At 500 V A -- -- 10 3 10 3

• For direct current Ie / DC-13 Ie / DC-13 Ie / DC-12 Ie / DC-13 Ie / DC-12 Ie / DC-13- At 24 V A 3 3 10 10 10 10- At 125 V A 0.55 0.55 -- -- -- --- At 250 V A 0.27 0.27 -- -- -- --

- At 110 V A -- -- 4 1 4 1- At 220 V A -- -- 1 0.4 1 0.4- At 440 V A -- -- 0.5 0.2 0.5 0.2

Short-circuit protection1)

• With DIAZED fuse links, operational class gG

A 6 6

• With fuse links, quick -- 10

• With miniature circuit breaker, Char. C A 1 --

Mechanical endurance 1 ×106 operating cycles

Electrical endurance

• With 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors 10 ×106 operating cycles > 1 × 106 operating cycles

• For utilization category AC-15 when switching off Ie / AC-15 at 240 V

0.1 ×106 operating cycles 0.5 ×106 operating cycles

Switching frequency with 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors

6000 operating cycles/h

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 54: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047 / 50 mm

8/54 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units

2 or 3 contacts · 5 directions of approach · Degree of protection IP65 or IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 8/56).

Version1) Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

With separate actuator

5 directions of approach

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 232-0RV40 1 1 unit 102 0.150

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q } 3SE5 232-0QV40 1 1 unit 102 0.155

With M12 socket

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q B 3SE5 234-0RV40-1AC4 1 1 unit 102 0.165

Slow-action contacts 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 234-0QV40-1AE0 1 1 unit 102 0.170

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 232-1RV40 1 1 unit 102 0.155

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 230 V AC q B 3SE5 232-3RV40 1 1 unit 102 0.110

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A) and 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SE5 234-1RV40-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.175

Enclosure width 50 mm

With separate actuator

5 directions of approach

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 242-0QV40 1 1 unit 102 0.110

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 242-1QV40 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q C 3SE5 242-3QV40 1 1 unit 102 0.120

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 55: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/55Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units

2 or 3 contacts · 5 directions of approach · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 8/56).

Version1) Contacts LEDs DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With separate actuator

5 directions of approach

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q } 3SE5 112-0QV10 1 1 unit 102 0.315

With M12 socket

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q C 3SE5 114-0RV10-1AC5 1 1 unit 102 0.325

Slow-action contacts 2 NC -- q C 3SE5 114-0QV10-1AE1 1 1 unit 102 0.325

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (250 V, 10 A)

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q C 3SE5 115-0QV10-1AD1 1 1 unit 102 0.335

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 112-1QV10 1 1 unit 102 0.325

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q C 3SE5 112-3QV10 1 1 unit 102 0.325

With M12 connector socket, 5-pole (125 V, 4 A) and 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SE5 114-1RV10-1AF3 1 1 unit 102 0.325

With connector socket, 6-pole + PE (10 A), and 2 LEDs

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SE5 115-1RV10-1AF2 1 1 unit 102 0.335

Enclosure width 56 mm

With separate actuator

5 directions of approach

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q B 3SE5 122-0QV10 1 1 unit 102 0.360

With 2 LEDs

With 2 LEDs, yellow/green

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SE5 122-1QV10 1 1 unit 102 0.370

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 230 V AC q C 3SE5 122-3QV10 1 1 unit 102 0.370

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 56: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator

Accessories

8/56 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

1) For cable boxes with molded cable see Industry Mall or Catalog FS 10.

Version DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Actuators for 3SE5

3SE5 000-0AV01

Standard actuators, length 75.6 mm

} 3SE5 000-0AV01 1 1 unit 102 0.040

3SE5 000-0AV02

With vertical fixing, length 53 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV02 1 1 unit 102 0.070

3SE5 000-0AV03

With transverse fixing, length 47 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV03 1 1 unit 102 0.070

3SE5 000-0AV06

Radius actuators, length 51 mm

• Direction of approach from the left A 3SE5 000-0AV04 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Direction of approach from the right A 3SE5 000-0AV06 1 1 unit 102 0.070

3SE5 000-0AV05

Universal radius actuator, length 77 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV05 1 1 unit 102 0.090

3SE5 000-0AV07

Universal radius actuators, heavy-duty

• Length 67 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2 1 1 unit 102 0.120

• Length 77 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07 1 1 unit 102 0.090

Optional accessories for 3SE5

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2

Protective caps made of black rubber for the actuator head, to protect the actuator openings from contamination

(Only for enclosure width 40 or 56 mm)

B 3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2 1 1 unit 102 0.010

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3

Blocking inserts, high-grade steel, for twist actua-tor, for up to 8 padlocks

B 3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Connections for 3SE5, 3SE2

3SY3 127 3RX8 000

3SX9 926

Connector sockets (4-pole), M12, fixed for M20 × 1.5 For max. 250 V, 4 AWith 0.25 mm2 connecting cable, plastic, degree of protection IP67, ambient temperature –40 to +85 °C

B 3SY3 127 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Cable boxes (4-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CB45 1 1 unit 574 0.015

Angular cable boxes (4-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CC45 1 1 unit 574 0.015

Connector sockets (5-pole), M12, fixed for M20 × 1.5 For max. 125 V, 4 AWith 0.25 mm2 connecting cable, plastic, degree of protection IP67, ambient temperature –40 to +85 °C

B 3SY3 128 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Cable boxes (5-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CB55 1 1 unit 574 0.016

Angular cable boxes (5-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CC55 1 1 unit 574 0.016

Cable glands M20 × 1.5Plastic

A 3SX9 926 1 1 unit 102 0.010

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 57: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator

3SE2, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 52 mm

8/57Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units

1 or 3 contacts · 3 directions of approach · Degree of protection IP67

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator.

Version Operation DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Molded-plastic enclosures in special width of 52 mmLateral and front-end actuation1)

6 mm stroke

3SE 2 243

• With M20 × 1.5 connecting thread

- Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC

Extraction force 5 N q } 3SE2 243-0XX40 1 1 unit 102 0.140

Extraction force 30 N q } 3SE2 243-0XX 1 1 unit 102 0.140

With automatic ejec-tion

q } 3SE2 243-0XX30 1 1 unit 102 0.140

- Slow-action contacts 1 NC

Extraction force 5 N q } 3SE2 257-6XX40 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Extraction force 30 N q } 3SE2 257-6XX 1 1 unit 102 0.120

With automatic ejec-tion

q A 3SE2 257-6XX30 1 1 unit 102 0.120

• With M16×1.5 connecting thread

- Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC

Extraction force 5 N q A 3SE2 243-0XX48 1 1 unit 102 0.140

Extraction force 30 N q A 3SE2 243-0XX18 1 1 unit 102 0.145

With automatic ejec-tion

q A 3SE2 243-0XX38 1 1 unit 102 0.140

- Slow-action contacts 1 NC

Extraction force 5 N q A 3SE2 257-6XX48 1 1 unit 102 0.140

Extraction force 30 N q A 3SE2 257-6XX18 1 1 unit 102 0.140

With automatic ejec-tion

q } 3SE2 257-6XX38 1 1 unit 102 0.140

AccessoriesActuators

3SX3 218

• Standard actuators (rmin = 150 mm), length 28 mm

A 3SX3 218 1 1 unit 102 0.020

3SX3 228

• Universal radius actuator (rmin = 45 mm), length 34 mm

A 3SX3 228 1 1 unit 102 0.025

3SX3 256

• Radius actuator, adjustable radius, length 34 mm

D 3SX3 256 1 1 unit 102 0.020

3SX3 217

• Ball locating, force adjustable up to 100 N by 2 screws, length 28 mm

A 3SX3 217 1 1 unit 102 0.035

3SX3 234

• Actuator, length 34 mm, with dust protection and slit cover

D 3SX3 234 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Accessories

• Slit cover (1 set = 3 units)

D 3SX3 233 1 3 unit(s) 102 0.005

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 58: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking

General data

8/58 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

The position switches with solenoid interlocking are exceptional safety-related devices which prevent an unforeseen or inten-tional opening of protective doors, protective grills or other cov-ers as long as a dangerous situation is present (i. e. follow-on motion of the switched off machine).

The safety position switches with solenoid interlocking are com-prised of a switch part with electromechanical interlock and a mechanical actuator which has to be ordered separately.

They are rugged protective devices that enable the greatest possible safety for man and machine.

The position switches with solenoid interlocking are offered in plastic or metal enclosures. Dimensions (W × H × D):• 3SE5 3: 54 mm × 185 mm × 43.5 mm,• 3SE2 8: 90 mm × 100 mm (+ head 41.3 mm) × 45 mm.

Operation

The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actua-tion from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 × 90°. The 3SE5 3 switches can also be approached from above.

The actuators are not included in the scope of supply of the po-sition switch and must be ordered separately from a choice of six versions to suit the application (see page 8/63).

Actuation data:• Maximum actuating speed vmax = 1.5 m/s• Minimum actuating speed vmin = 0.4 mm/s• Minimum force in the direction of actuation Fmin = 30 N

The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices is impossible.

Radius actuators

The position switches with radius actuators are particularly suit-able for rotatable protective devices. The movable actuation key allows even small radii to be approached. Damage to the switch and the actuator due to inaccurate approach is prevented.

Locking devices

A high-grade steel locking device for attaching up to eight pad-locks is available for even more safety (see page 8/63).

Dust protection

A rubber cap to protect the twist actuator from contamination is available for operation in dusty environments (see page 8/63).

Solenoid interlocking

There are two versions for locking the actuator:• Spring-actuated lock (closed-circuit principle) with various re-

lease mechanisms• Magnetic field lock (open-circuit principle)

The spring-actuated switch is equipped with an auxiliary release for emergency situations or setup mode. Available as options:• Escape release or• Emergency release

Contact blocks

The position switches with solenoid interlocking have one con-tact block each for:• Monitoring the actuator or the position of the protective door• Monitoring the position of the solenoid

The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the require-ments of the failsafe principle acc. to EN 1088.

Optical signaling equipment

The position switches with solenoid interlocking are available with an optional optical signaling device.

The signaling device indicates the switch position of the lock and the protective device optically by means of 2 LEDs on the front.

Note:The voltage of the LEDs at the monitored contacts must be the same as the operational voltage of the solenoid (same potential).

Protective device

Solenoid interlocking

Display Meaning

Closed Released

Actuator to be pulled

Closed Locked Actuator locked

Open Released Actuator pulled

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 59: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking

General data

8/59Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Benefits

The new generation of 3SE5 3 position switches offers:• More safety through higher locking forces:

- 1300 N with plastic enclosure- 2600 N with metal enclosure

• Various release mechanisms: lock release, escape release and emergency release

• Two contact blocks each with three contacts as standard equipment, hence fewer versions needed

• Same dimensions for all enclosure variants: Plastic, metal or with integrated ASIsafe

• An extensive range of actuators• An optional LED status display 24 V DC, 115 V AC or 230 V AC

for all switch versions• Device with ASIsafe electronics integrated in the enclosure

(see page 8/82).

■ Application

The position switches with solenoid interlocking are exceptional safety-related devices which prevent an unforeseen or inten-tional opening of protective doors, protective grills or other cov-ers as long as a dangerous situation is present (i. e. follow-on motion of the switched off machine).

The safety position switches with solenoid interlocking have the following functions:• Enabling the machine or process with closed and locked pro-

tective device• Locking the machine or process with opened protective de-

vice• Position monitoring of the protective device and solenoid inter-

locking

Standards

The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Volt-age Switchgear and Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1 (Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices).

The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the require-ments of the failsafe principle acc. to EN 1088.

Approvals

The switches are approved for use with locking devices acc. to EN 1088 and EN 292, Parts 1 and 2.

3SE5 3 position switches with solenoid interlocking bear the VDE test mark for tested acc. to GS-ET19 (Test Principles of the Ger-man Trade Association for Locking Devices with Electromag-netic Interlocks).

3SE2 8 metal-enclosed position switches with solenoid interlock-ing have been awarded a test certificate from the BIA (Berufs-genossenschaftliches Institut für Arbeitssicherheit).

Category 3 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) can be attained with a position switch with solenoid interlocking if the corresponding failsafe evaluation units are selected and correctly installed, e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching units from the ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges.

Category 4 can be achieved when using an additional position switch.

These switches are approved acc. to UL 508, UL 50 and UL 746-C.

Solenoid interlocking

The separate actuator operates in a similar way to the coding of a key and protects against manipulation. It transmits the locking force to the protective device and helps to monitor its position.

There are two versions of locking:

Spring-actuated lock (closed-circuit principle)• In the standard version, the position switch locks by means of

spring force and releases by means of electromagnetic force. In the case of voltage failure, it reliably prevents the protective device from opening when machine parts are still moving.

• The switch is equipped with an auxiliary release for emergency situations or setup mode.

• An auxiliary release which can be secured with a lock to pre-vent misuse is available as a version.

Auxiliary release Auxiliary release with lock

The new 3SE5 3 position switches are also available with an es-cape release or emergency release.• Personnel working inside the hazard zone can use the escape

release feature to manually release the interlocking without tools from the escape side (hazardous area side) so that they can exit the hazard area. An intentional act (in this case pull-ing the gray actuator) is required to release the locking mech-anism and restore the normal operating state.

• The emergency release enables someone in an emergency sit-uation to manually release the interlock without tools from the access side (outside the hazardous area). Releasing the lock and restoring the normal operating state must require effort which is comparable to repair activity, in this case disassembly of the red actuator and resetting the mechanical lock.

Escape release from the front Emergency release from the back

Magnetic field lock (open-circuit principle)• The second version offers locking by means of electromag-

netic force and release by means of spring force. This version has an advantage when it is necessary to quickly access the machine after a power failure occurs, or in the case of very short coasting times.

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 60: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking

General data

8/60 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ More information

Type 3SE5 322 3SE5 312 3SE2 83, 3SE2 84

General dataStandards IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 250

Pollution degree acc. to EN 60664-1 Class 3

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 4 6

Rated operational voltage Ue

• DC V 24 24

• AC 50/60 Hz V 230 110 ... 130 230

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith A 6 10

Rated operational current Ie

• With alternating current 50/60 Hz Ie/ AC-15 or B300 Ie / AC-12 Ie / AC-15

- At 24 V A 6 10 4- At 120 V A 3 10 4- At 230 V A 1.5 10 4

• For direct current Ie / DC-13 or Q300 Ie /DC-12 Ie / DC-13

- At 24 V A 3 10 3- At 125 V A 0.55 -- --- At 250 V A 0.27 -- --

- At 60 V -- 5 1.5- At 110 V -- 2.5 0.7- At 220 V -- 1 0.3

Solenoid

• Locking force, max. N 1300 2600 1820

• Locking force acc. to GS-ET 19 N 1000 2000 1400

• Power consumption at Uc W 3.5 5.2

Short-circuit protection1)

• With DIAZED fuse links, operational class gG

A 6 6

• With fuse links, quick -- 10

• With miniature circuit breaker, Char. C A 0.5 --

Mechanical endurance 1 ×106 operating cycles 1 ×106 operating cycles

Electrical endurance

• With 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors 1 ×106 operating cycles 1 ×106 operating cycles

• For utilization category AC-15 with interrupting of Ie / AC-15 at 230 V

1 ×105 operating cycles 0.5 ×106 operating cycles

• With utilization category DC-12/DC-13 For direct current depending on the loading of the switch

Switching frequency with 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors

6000 operating cycles/hour

Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 30 g/11 ms --

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 61: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking

3SE5, plastic enclosuresWith locking force up to 1200 N

8/61Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

6 slow-action contacts · 5 directions of approach · Cable entry 3 × M20 × 1.5 · Degree of protection IP66/IP67Locking force 1300 N (1000 N acc. to GS-ET 19)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 8/63).

Interlock1) LEDs Solenoid, rated opera-tional voltage

DT Complete unitsPosition monitoring: Actuators: 1 NO + 2 NC Solenoid: 1 NO + 2 NC

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PUV kg

1300 N locking force · Enclosure width 54 mm

3SE5 312-0SD2.

Spring-actuated locks

• With auxiliary release -- 24 DC q } 3SE5 322-0SD21 1 1 unit 102 0.590

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SD22 1 1 unit 102 0.590

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SD23 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 24 DC q A 3SE5 322-1SD21 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-2SD22 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-3SD23 1 1 unit 102 0.590

3SE5 312-0SE2.

• With auxiliary release With lock

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-0SE21 1 1 unit 102 0.745

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SE22 1 1 unit 102 0.745

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SE23 1 1 unit 102 0.745

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-1SE21 1 1 unit 102 0.745

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-2SE22 1 1 unit 102 0.745

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-3SE23 1 1 unit 102 0.745

3SE5 312-0SF2.

• With escape release from the front

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-0SF21 1 1 unit 102 0.590

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SF22 1 1 unit 102 0.590

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SF23 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-1SF21 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-2SF22 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-3SF23 1 1 unit 102 0.590

3SE5 312-0SG2.

• With escape release from the back and auxiliary release from the front

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-0SG21 1 1 unit 102 0.590

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SG22 1 1 unit 102 0.590

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SG23 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-1SG21 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-2SG22 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-3SG23 1 1 unit 102 0.590

• With escape release from the back and auxiliary release with lock from the front

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-0SH21 1 1 unit 102 0.745

3SE5 312-0SJ2.

• With emergency release from the back and auxiliary release from the front

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-0SJ21 1 1 unit 102 0.745

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SJ22 1 1 unit 102 0.745

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SJ23 1 1 unit 102 0.745

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 322-1SJ21 1 1 unit 102 0.745

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-2SJ22 1 1 unit 102 0.745

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-3SJ23 1 1 unit 102 0.745

3SE5 312-0SB2.

Magnetic field lock -- 24 DC q } 3SE5 322-0SB21 1 1 unit 102 0.590

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SB22 1 1 unit 102 0.590

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-0SB23 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 24 DC q A 3SE5 322-1SB21 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 322-2SB22 1 1 unit 102 0.590

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 322-3SB23 1 1 unit 102 0.590

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 62: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking3SE5, metal enclosuresWith locking force up to 2000 N

8/62 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

6 slow-action contacts · 5 directions of approach · Cable entry 3 × M20 × 1.5 · Degree of protection IP66/IP67Locking force 2600 N (2000 N acc. to GS-ET 19)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 8/63).

Interlock1) LEDs Solenoid, rated opera-tional voltage

DT Complete unitsPosition monitoring: Actuators: 1 NO + 2 NC Solenoid: 1 NO + 2 NC

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PUV kg

2600 N locking force · Enclosure width 54 mm

3SE5 312-0SD1.

Spring-actuated locks

• With auxiliary release -- 24 DC q } 3SE5 312-0SD11 1 1 unit 102 1.030

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SD12 1 1 unit 102 1.030

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SD13 1 1 unit 102 1.030

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-1SD11 1 1 unit 102 1.040

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-2SD12 1 1 unit 102 1.040

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-3SD13 1 1 unit 102 1.040

3SE5 312-0SE1.

• With auxiliary release With lock

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-0SE11 1 1 unit 102 1.180

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SE12 1 1 unit 102 1.180

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SE13 1 1 unit 102 1.180

48 AC/DC q C 3SE5 312-0SE14 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-1SE11 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-2SE12 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-3SE13 1 1 unit 102 1.180

3SE5 312-0SF1.

• With escape release from the front

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-0SF11 1 1 unit 102 1.180

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SF12 1 1 unit 102 1.180

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SF13 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-1SF11 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-2SF12 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-3SF13 1 1 unit 102 1.180

3SE5 312-0SG1.

• With escape release from the back and auxiliary release from the front

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-0SG11 1 1 unit 102 1.175

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SG12 1 1 unit 102 1.175

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SG13 1 1 unit 102 1.175

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-1SG11 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-2SG12 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-3SG13 1 1 unit 102 1.180

• With escape release from the back and auxiliary release with lock from the front

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-0SH11 1 1 unit 102 1.180

3SE5 312-0SJ1.

• With emergency release from the back and auxiliary release from the front

-- 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-0SJ11 1 1 unit 102 1.180

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SJ12 1 1 unit 102 1.180

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SJ13 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-1SJ11 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-2SJ12 1 1 unit 102 1.180

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-3SJ13 1 1 unit 102 0.925

3SE5 312-0SB1.

Magnetic field lock -- 24 DC q } 3SE5 312-0SB11 1 1 unit 102 1.030

-- 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SB12 1 1 unit 102 1.030

-- 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-0SB13 1 1 unit 102 1.030

Yellow/Green 24 DC q B 3SE5 312-1SB11 1 1 unit 102 1.040

Yellow/Green 115 AC q B 3SE5 312-2SB12 1 1 unit 102 1.040

Yellow/Green 230 AC q B 3SE5 312-3SB13 1 1 unit 102 1.040

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 63: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking

Accessories

8/63Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

1) For cable boxes with molded cable see Industry Mall or Catalog FS 10.

Version DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Actuators for 3SE5

3SE5 000-0AV01

Standard actuators, length 75.6 mm

} 3SE5 000-0AV01 1 1 unit 102 0.040

3SE5 000-0AV02

With vertical fixing, length 53 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV02 1 1 unit 102 0.070

3SE5 000-0AV03

With transverse fixing, length 47 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV03 1 1 unit 102 0.070

3SE5 000-0AV04

Radius actuators, length 51 mm

• Direction of approach from the left A 3SE5 000-0AV04 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Direction of approach from the right A 3SE5 000-0AV06 1 1 unit 102 0.070

3SE5 000-0AV05

Universal radius actuator, length 77 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV05 1 1 unit 102 0.090

3SE5 000-0AV07

Universal radius actuators, heavy-duty

• Length 67 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2 1 1 unit 102 0.120

• Length 77 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07 1 1 unit 102 0.090

Optional accessories for 3SE5

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2

Protective caps made of black rubber for the actuator head, to protect the actuator openings from contamination

B 3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2 1 1 unit 102 0.010

3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3

Blocking inserts, high-grade steel, for twist actuator, for up to 8 padlocks

B 3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Spare parts for 3SE5Spare keys B 3SX5 100-1F 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Connections for 3SE5, 3SE2

3SY3 127 3RX8 000

3SX9 926

Connector sockets (4-pole), M12, fixed for M20 × 1.5 For max 250 V, 4 A, with connecting cable 5 × 0.25 mm2

Plastic, degree of protection IP67, ambient temperature –40 to +85 °C

B 3SY3 127 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Cable boxes (4-pole), M12 with terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CB45 1 1 unit 574 0.015

Angular cable boxes (4-pole), M12 with terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CC45 1 1 unit 574 0.015

Connector sockets (5-pole), M12, fixed for M20 × 1.5 For max 125 V, 4 A, with connecting cable 5 × 0.25 mm2,plastic, degree of protection IP67, ambient temperature –40 to +85 °C

B 3SY3 128 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Cable boxes (5-pole), M12 with terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CB55 1 1 unit 574 0.016

Angular cable boxes (5-pole), M12 with terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CC55 1 1 unit 574 0.016

Cable glands M20 × 1.5 Plastic

A 3SX9 926 1 1 unit 102 0.010

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 64: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking3SE2, metal enclosuresWith locking force up to 1800 N

8/64 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

4 slow-action contacts · 4 directions of approach · Locking force 1800 N (1400 N acc. to GS-ET 19) · Degree of protection IP67

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator.

2) On the version with optical signaling equipment the contacts are not elec-trically separated.

Interlock/Signaling equipment

Slow-action contacts Solenoid, rated operational voltage

DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.Position monitoring

Actuators Solenoid Order No. Priceper PUV kg

With auxiliary release

Spring-actuated locks1) 6 mm stroke

• Auxiliary release, sealable

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 840-0XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.885

110 AC q A 3SE2 842-0XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.890

230 AC q A 3SE2 841-0XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.875

• Auxiliary release with lock

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 840-0XX01 1 1 unit 102 0.935

110 AC q A 3SE2 842-0XX01 1 1 unit 102 0.925

230 AC q A 3SE2 841-0XX01 1 1 unit 102 0.920

Magnetic field locks1)

• Standard 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 830-0XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.890

110 AC q A 3SE2 832-0XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.855

230 AC q A 3SE2 831-0XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.855

With lock

Spring-actuated locks1) 6 mm stroke

• Auxiliary release, sealable

2 NC 2 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 840-6XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.885

110 AC q A 3SE2 842-6XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.880

230 AC q A 3SE2 841-6XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.880

• Auxiliary release with lock

2 NC 2 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 840-6XX01 1 1 unit 102 0.965

110 AC q A 3SE2 842-6XX01 1 1 unit 102 0.960

230 AC q A 3SE2 841-6XX01 1 1 unit 102 0.925

Magnetic field locks1)

• Standard 2 NC 2 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 830-6XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.885

110 AC q D 3SE2 832-6XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.855

230 AC q A 3SE2 831-6XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.850

With optical signal-ing equipment

Spring-actuated locks1) 6 mm stroke

• Auxiliary release, sealable

1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 840-1XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.875

110 AC q A 3SE2 842-1XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.890

230 AC q A 3SE2 841-1XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.870

• Auxiliary release, sealable, and with optical signaling equipment2)

1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 840-1XX20 1 1 unit 102 0.905

110 AC q A 3SE2 842-1XX20 1 1 unit 102 0.885

230 AC q A 3SE2 841-1XX20 1 1 unit 102 0.880

• Auxiliary release with lock and with optical signaling equipment2)

1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 840-1XX32 1 1 unit 102 0.945

110 AC q A 3SE2 842-1XX32 1 1 unit 102 0.935

230 AC q A 3SE2 841-1XX32 1 1 unit 102 0.930

Magnetic field locks1)

• Standard 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 830-1XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.870

110 AC q A 3SE2 832-1XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.855

230 AC q A 3SE2 831-1XX00 1 1 unit 102 0.875

• With optical signaling equipment2)

1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 24 DC q A 3SE2 830-1XX20 1 1 unit 102 0.880

110 AC q A 3SE2 832-1XX20 1 1 unit 102 0.865

230 AC q A 3SE2 831-1XX20 1 1 unit 102 0.875

Actuators

• Standard actuator, length 79 mm

} 3SX3 197 1 1 unit 102 0.035

- For approach from the left, length 132 mm

B 3SX3 207 1 1 unit 102 0.045

- With transverse fixing, length 50 mm

} 3SX3 206 1 1 unit 102 0.025

- With vertical fixing, length 50 mm

A 3SX3 306 1 1 unit 102 0.025

• Universal radius actuator, length 80 mm

A 3SX3 203 1 1 unit 102 0.120

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 65: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesHinge Switches

General data

8/65Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

3SE5 hinge switches have the same enclosures as the standard switches (modular system).

Hinge switches

Design

Enclosure sizes

The 3SE5 switches are available as complete units in two enclo-sure sizes:• Plastic enclosures acc. to EN 50047, 31 mm wide, 1 cable

entry• Metal enclosures acc. to EN 50041, 40 mm wide, 1 cable entry

Enclosure versions

Various basic versions can be selected for the enclosures:• Available with two or three-pole contact blocks designed as

snap-action contacts• Metal enclosures for explosion protection (ATEX)

(see page 8/72)• AS-Interface version with integrated ASIsafe electronics for all

enclosure designs (see page 8/85)

For a description of the basic switches see page 8/14.

Operating mechanisms

The hinge switches are provided for mounting on hinges. The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. There are two versions:• Operating mechanism with hollow shaft, inner diameter 8 mm,

outer 12 mm• Operating mechanism with solid shaft, diameter 10 mm

■ Benefits

The 3SE5 hinge switches differ from the previous series through the following new characteristics:• All actuators around the axis in increments of 22.5° (see pic-

ture on page 8/16).• The new three-pole contact block 1 NO + 2 NC is available for

all enclosure sizes (see picture on page 8/16).• The plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm has simple and

fast wiring equipment which makes it possible to save from approx. 20 to 25 % of the time when connecting (see picture on page 8/16).

• The ASIsafe electric component is integrated for the versions with the AS-Interface connection (see page 8/73); an addi-tional adapter is not required.

■ Application

The hinge switches are used in those areas where the position of swivelable protective devices such as doors or flaps must be monitored. The position of the doors and hinge switches is con-verted into electric signals with the switches. The switches al-lows shutdown and signaling without delay in the event of a small opening angle through the snap-action contacts with an operating angle of 10°.

Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the partic-ular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be per-formed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular pur-pose. Dimensions and fixing points of the enclosures are in accordance with EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.

The devices are suitable for use in any climate.

Standards

IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1.

The protective measure of "total insulation" by the molded-plastic enclosure is guaranteed by the use of molded-plastic screw-glands.

Safety position switches

For controls acc. to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1 the devices can be used as a safety position switch. To secure position switches against changes in their position, keyed techniques must be em-ployed on installation.

Safety circuits

IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1 require positive opening of the NC contacts, i. e. for the purposes of personal safety, the as-sured opening of NC contacts is expressly stipulated for the electrical equipment of machines in all safety circuits and marked acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 with the symbol q.

Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1 can be attained with the 3SE5 hinge switches with q if the corresponding failsafe evaluation units are selected and correctly installed, e. g. the 3TK28 safety relays or matching devices from the ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges.

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 66: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesHinge Switches3SE5, plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm according to EN 50047

8/66 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units

2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Accessories/spare parts

Note:The respective actuators are included in the scope of supply for the complete units.

Version Snap-action contacts

DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Plastic enclosures • Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

With hollow shaft

With hollow shaft

Operating angle 10° 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE5 232-0HU21 1 1 unit 102 0.080

Operating angle 10° 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 232-0LU21 1 1 unit 102 0.080

With solid shaft

With solid shaft

Operating angle 10° 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE5 232-0HU22 1 1 unit 102 0.110

Operating angle 10° 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 232-0LU22 1 1 unit 102 0.120

Version DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Actuator heads

Twist actuators with hollow shaft

With hollow shaft

Operating angle 10° B 3SE5 000-0AU21 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Twist actuators with solid shaft

With solid shaft

Operating angle 10° B 3SE5 000-0AU22 1 1 unit 102 0.052

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 67: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesHinge Switches

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm

8/67Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units

3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Accessories/spare parts

Note:The respective actuators are included in the scope of supply for the complete units.

Version Snap-action contacts

DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Metal enclosures • Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With hollow shaft

With hollow shaft

Operating angle 10°

1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 112-0LU21 1 1 unit 102 0.295

With solid shaft

With solid shaft

Operating angle 10°

1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 112-0LU22 1 1 unit 102 0.315

Version DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Actuator heads

Twist actuators with hollow shaft

With hollow shaft

Operating angle 10° B 3SE5 000-0AU21 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Twist actuators with solid shaft

With solid shaft

Operating angle 10° B 3SE5 000-0AU22 1 1 unit 102 0.052

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 68: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesHinge Switches3SE2, plastic enclosuresWith integrated hinge

8/68 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

The 3SE2 283 hinge switches are particularly suitable for use in doors and flaps of machines that must be closed to ensure the safety of operating personnel. Their thin profile and compact de-sign allow them to be directly mounted on a hinged protective cover and the stable frame.

■ Benefits

• Easy mounting through use of versions with integrated hinge• Versions with small operating angle of 4°• Protection against personal injury provided by positively

driven NC contacts acc. to IEC 60947-5-1• Simultaneous shutdown and reporting by 1 NO + 2 NC con-

tacts

■ Selection and ordering data

3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 · Cable entry 2 × (M20 × 1.5)

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Accessories/spare parts

Version Slow-action contacts

DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Plastic enclosures with integrated hinge

3SE2 283

With integrated hinge

(delivered with additional hinge and fixing accessories)

Slow-action contacts

• Aluminum hinge

- Operating angle 4° 1 NO + 2 NC q A 3SE2 283-0GA43 1 1 unit 102 0.425

- Operating angle 4° 3 NC q A 3SE2 283-6GA43 1 1 unit 102 0.425

- Operating angle 8° 1 NO + 2 NC q D 3SE2 283-0GA53 1 1 unit 102 0.420

- Operating angle 8° 3 NC q C 3SE2 283-6GA53 1 1 unit 102 0.420

• High-grade steel hinge

- Operating angle 4° 1 NO + 2 NC q A 3SE2 283-0GA44 1 1 unit 102 0.800

- Operating angle 4° 3 NC q C 3SE2 283-6GA44 1 1 unit 102 0.800

Version DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Accessories

3SX3 225

Additional hinges (delivered with fixing accessories)

• Made of aluminum q D 3SX3 225 1 1 unit 102 0.160

• Made of high-grade steel q D 3SX3 231 1 1 unit 102 0.330

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 69: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesFor Explosion Protection (ATEX)

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/69Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

The position switch in the metal enclosure including the hinge switch and the switch with a separate actuator is also available in versions for operation in areas with combustible dust. They are not approved for areas with a gas explosion hazard.

To achieve the maximum possible safety in these areas, the leg-islators of most countries have drawn up requirements in the form of laws, regulations and standards which these switches comply with to the letter.

These switches comply with Directive 94/9/EC II2D (ATEX 95) of the European Union and are approved for Zone 21/22.

The switches have a grounding screw on the outside of the en-closure. The connection openings are closed with protective caps upon delivery.

See Chapter 20 "Appendix" --> "Standards and approvals" --> "Type overview of approved devices for potentially explosive ar-eas (ATEX explosion protection)".

■ Selection and ordering data

Complete units

2 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. Note: If the device you require is not available as a complete unit, see "Modular system" on the next page.

Version Snap-action contacts

DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

Rounded plunger

Roller lever

With M20 × 1.5 connecting thread

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC

• Rounded plungers, high-grade steel, with 3 mm overtravel

q B 3SE5 112-0CC02-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.290

• Roller plungers, high-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel

q B 3SE5 112-0CD02-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.310

• Roller lever, high-grade steel lever, plastic roller

q B 3SE5 112-0CE03-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.300

• Angular roller lever, high-grade steel lever, plastic roller

q B 3SE5 112-0CF03-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.320

• Spring rod, length 142.5 mmPlastic plunger

B 3SE5 112-0CR01-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.315

• Twist lever, high-grade steel lever, plastic roller

q B 3SE5 112-0CH11-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.360

• Twist lever, adjustable lengthHigh-grade steel lever, plastic roller

B 3SE5 112-0CH52-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.360

• Fork lever, high-grade steel lever, plastic roller

q B 3SE5 112-0CT13-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.360

• Rod actuators, aluminum rod, length 200 mm

B 3SE5 112-0CH80-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.300

• Rod actuators, plastic rod, length 200 mm

B 3SE5 112-0CH82-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.300

Enclosure width 56 mm

Twist lever

With 3 x M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC

• Rounded plunger, high-grade steel, with overtravel

q B 3SE5 122-0CC02-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.355

• Roller plunger, high-grade steel roller

q B 3SE5 122-0CD02-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.380

• Roller lever, high-grade steel lever, plastic roller

q B 3SE5 122-0CE03-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.375

• Angular roller lever, high-grade steel lever, plastic roller

q B 3SE5 122-0CF03-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.390

• Spring rod, length 142.5 mmPlastic plunger

B 3SE5 122-0CR01-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.390

• Twist lever, high-grade steel lever, plastic roller

q B 3SE5 122-0CH11-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.410

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 70: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesFor Explosion Protection (ATEX)3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/70 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Modular system

2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Version Contacts DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches • Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

Basic switch

With M20 × 1.5 connecting thread

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE5 112-0BA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.260

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE5 112-0CA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.260

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 112-0KA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 112-0LA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 112-0MA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC B 3SE5 112-0PA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.270

Basic switches • Enclosure width 56 mm

Basic switch

With 3 x M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE5 122-0BA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.325

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC q B 3SE5 122-0CA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.325

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 122-0KA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.335

Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 122-0LA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.335

Slow-action contacts with make-before-break

1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 122-0MA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.335

Slow-action contacts 2 NO + 1 NC B 3SE5 122-0PA00-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.335

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungers, type B, acc. to EN 50041

High-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm over-travel

q B 3SE5 000-0AC02 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Roller plunger

Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50041

High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AD02 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Roller lever

Roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 22 q A 3SE5 000-0AE01 1 1 unit 102 0.045

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE02 1 1 unit 102 0.065

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE03 1 1 unit 102 0.040

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE04 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Angular roller lever

Angular roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 22 q A 3SE5 000-0AF01 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF02 1 1 unit 102 0.075

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF03 1 1 unit 102 0.050

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF04 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Spring rod

Spring rod (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

Plastic plunger:

• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR01 1 1 unit 102 0.060

• Length 76 mm (spring 23.5 mm, plunger 10 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR03 1 1 unit 102 0.020

• Length 242.5 mm (spring 150 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR04 1 1 unit 102 0.040

High-grade steel plunger:

• Length 142.5 mm (spring 50 mm, plunger 50 mm) B 3SE5 000-0AR02 1 1 unit 102 0.040

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 71: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesFor Explosion Protection (ATEX)

3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/71Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.1) Can be mounted on bead (180°).

Version Diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Twist actuators

Twist actuator

Twist actuators, metal (without lever)

• For twist levers and rod actuators, switching right and/or left, adjustable

- For enclosure width 40 and 56 mm q A 3SE5 000-0AH00 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• For fork levers, latching q B 3SE5 000-0AT10 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Levers for twist actuators

Twist lever

Twist levers, adjustable length

Fork lever

Rod actuator

Twist levers 27 mm, offset, type A, acc. to EN 50041

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA01 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA02 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA03 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA04 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, plastic roller 30 q B 3SE5 000-0AA05 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA08 1 1 unit 102 0.030

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA11 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA12 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Twist levers 35 mm, offset

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA15 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Twist levers 30 mm, straight1)

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA24 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid holes

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA61 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA68 1 1 unit 102 0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA63 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Twist levers, adjustable length

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 A 3SE5 000-0AA50 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA51 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Metal lever, plastic roller 30 B 3SE5 000-0AA55 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 B 3SE5 000-0AA58 1 1 unit 102 0.040

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA52 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 B 3SE5 000-0AA53 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Fork lever (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

2 metal levers, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT01 1 1 unit 102 0.050

2 metal levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT02 1 1 unit 102 0.050

2 high-grade steel levers, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT03 1 1 unit 102 0.050

2 high-grade steel levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers

19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT04 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Rod actuators, type D, acc. to EN 50041

Aluminum rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA80 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Spring rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA81 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Plastic rod, length 200 mm 6 B 3SE5 000-0AA82 1 1 unit 102 0.020

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 72: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE5, 3SE2, 3SE3 Position SwitchesFor Explosion Protection (ATEX)3SE5, metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/72 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

Position switches with separate actuator · Complete units

5 directions of approach · 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately (see page 8/56).

Hinge switches · Complete units

3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, can be used in safety circuits.

Version1) Contacts DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With separate actuator

With M20 × 1.5 connecting thread

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 112-0QV10-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.315

Enclosure width 56 mm

With separate actuator

With 3 x M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 122-0QV10-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.250

Version Snap-action contacts

DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With hollow shaft

With hollow shaft, Ø 8/12 mm

Operating angle 10°

1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 112-0LU21-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.295

With solid shaft

With solid shaft, Ø = 10 mm

Operating angle 10°

1 NO + 2 NC q B 3SE5 112-0LU22-1DA0 1 1 unit 102 0.315

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 73: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

General data

8/73Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

The 3SF1 position switches with safety-oriented communication can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up.

With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are inte-grated in the switch enclosure.

Examples of selection options in the modular system

Modular system

The position switches of the 3SF1 1.4 and 3SF1 2.4 series are constructed from a modular system comprising different ver-sions of the basic switch and an actuator which must be ordered separately. Thanks to the modular design of the switch the end user can select the right solution for his application from numer-ous versions and install it himself in a very short time.

Design

The 3SF1 switches are available in four different enclosure sizes:• Plastic enclosures acc. to EN 50047, 31 mm wide, with M12

plug• Plastic enclosures, 50 mm wide, with M12 plug and M12

socket• Metal enclosures acc. to EN 50041, 40 mm wide, with M12 plug• Metal enclosures, 56 mm wide, with M12 plug and M12 socket

Display

The switches have a status display with three LEDs:• LED 1 (yellow): F-IN1• LED 2 (yellow): F-IN2• LED 3 (green/red): AS-i/FAULT

Connection

Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12 con-nector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow AS-Inter-face bus cable.

The wide enclosures (50 or 56 mm) also have an M12 socket for connecting a second position switch. Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1 is thus achieved.

■ Benefits

The new generation of 3SF1 position switches offers:• ASIsafe Electronics integrated in the enclosure,

with low power consumption < 60 mA• An extensive range of actuators• Status display with three LEDs

■ Application

With the standard position switches, mechanical positions of moved machine parts are converted into electrical signals. Through their modular and uniform design and large number of variants, the devices can meet practically all requirements in in-dustry.

Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the partic-ular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be per-formed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular pur-pose. And many different actuator variants are available to match the mechanical configuration of the moved machined parts. Dimensions, fixing points and characteristics are largely in accordance with the EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.

The devices are suitable for use in any climate.

Standards

The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Volt-age Switchgear and Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1 (Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices).

The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the require-ments of the failsafe principle acc. to EN 1088.

Approvals

AS-Interface acc. to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2.

With a 3SF1 position switch it is possible to achieve category 2 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 1 acc. to IEC 61508.

Categories 3 or 4 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 2 or 3 acc. to IEC 61508 can be achieved by using a second 3SE5 po-sition switch.

The 3SF1 position switches are approved acc. to UL 508, UL 50 and UL 746-C.

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 74: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047 / 50 mm

8/74 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Modular system

For the ASIsafe version of the position switch, the basic switch and actuator must be ordered separately.

1 or 2 contacts · 3 LEDs · Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm) · M12 connector socket

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, can be used in safety circuits.

1) On the plastic version the basic switch is a complete unit with rounded plunger.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

For 4-pole cable boxes see page 8/49.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches (with rounded plunger1)) · Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

ASIsafe basic switch

With teflon plunger

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole, channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on NC contact

Slow-action contacts 2 NC 24 V DC q C 3SF1 234-1KC05-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.170

Snap-action contacts 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SF1 234-1LC05-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.170

Basic switches (with rounded plunger1)) · Enclosure width 50 mm

ASIsafe basic switch

With teflon plunger

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole, channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on M12 socket, right

Slow-action contacts 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SF1 244-1KC05-1BA2 1 1 unit 121 0.180

Snap-action contacts 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SF1 244-1LC05-1BA2 1 1 unit 121 0.180

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 75: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047 / 50 mm

8/75Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8q Positively driven actuator, usable in safety circuits.

Version Roller diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Roller plunger

Roller plunger, type C acc. to EN 50047

Plastic rollers 10 q A 3SE5 000-0AD03 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD04 1 1 unit 102 0.010

With central fixing

Roller plungers with central fixing

Plastic rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD10 1 1 unit 102 0.035

High-grade steel rollers 10 q B 3SE5 000-0AD11 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Roller lever

Roller lever, type E acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AE10 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE11 1 1 unit 102 0.020

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE12 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AE13 1 1 unit 102 0.055

Angular roller lever

Angular roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AF10 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF11 1 1 unit 102 0.013

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q A 3SE5 000-0AF12 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AF13 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Twist actuators with lever

Twist actuator

Twist actuators, plastic (without lever)

Switching right or left, adjustable q A 3SE5 000-0AK00 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Levers for twist actuators

Twist lever

Twist lever, adjustable length

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50047

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA21 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA22 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA23 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Metal lever, plastic roller 30 q B 3SE5 000-0AA25 1 1 unit 102 0.010

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA31 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA32 1 1 unit 102 0.022

Twist lever, adjustable length, with grid holes

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA61 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Metal lever, plastic roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA67 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA68 1 1 unit 102 0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA63 1 1 unit 102 0.040

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 76: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/76 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

Modular system

For the ASIsafe version of the position switch, the basic switch and actuator must be ordered separately.

1 or 2 contacts · 3 LEDs · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · M12 connector socket

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or positively driven actuator, can be used in safety circuits.

1) On the version with a width of 31 mm the basic switch is a complete unit with rounded plunger.

Note: For selection aid, see page 8/19.

For 4-pole cable boxes see page 8/49.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches · Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

ASIsafe basic switch

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole, channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on NC contact

Slow-action contacts 2 NC 24 V DC q C 3SF1 114-1KA00-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.400

Snap-action contacts 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SF1 114-1LA00-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.400

Basic switches · Enclosure width 56 mm

ASIsafe basic switch

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole, channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on M12 socket, right

Slow-action contacts 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SF1 124-1KA00-1BA2 1 1 unit 121 0.470

Snap-action contacts 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SF1 124-1LA00-1BA2 1 1 unit 121 0.470

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 77: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position Switches

Metal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/77Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

q Positively driven actuator, usable in safety circuits.1) Can be mounted on bead (180°).

Version Roller diame-ter

DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mmOrder No. Price

per PU kg

Operating mechanisms

Rounded plunger

Rounded plungers, type B, acc. to EN 50041

High-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel q B 3SE5 000-0AC02 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Roller plunger

Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50041

High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel 13 q B 3SE5 000-0AD02 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Roller lever

Roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 22 q A 3SE5 000-0AE01 1 1 unit 102 0.045

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE02 1 1 unit 102 0.065

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE03 1 1 unit 102 0.040

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AE04 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Angular roller lever

Angular roller levers

Metal lever, plastic roller 22 q A 3SE5 000-0AF01 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF02 1 1 unit 102 0.075

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF03 1 1 unit 102 0.050

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 22 q B 3SE5 000-0AF04 1 1 unit 102 0.075

Twist actuators with lever

Twist actuator

Twist actuators, metal (without lever)

• For twist levers, switching right or left, adjustable

- For enclosure width 40 and 56 mm q A 3SE5 000-0AH00 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• For fork levers, latching q B 3SE5 000-0AT10 1 1 unit 102 0.070

Levers for twist actuators

Twist lever

Twist lever, adjustable length

Fork lever

Twist levers 27 mm, offset, type A, acc. to EN 50041

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA01 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q A 3SE5 000-0AA02 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Metal lever, roller with ball bearing 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA03 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA04 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, plastic roller 30 q B 3SE5 000-0AA05 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Metal lever, plastic roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA07 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Metal levers, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA08 1 1 unit 102 0.030

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA11 1 1 unit 102 0.015

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA12 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Twist levers 35 mm, offset

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA15 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Twist levers 30 mm, straight1)

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA24 1 1 unit 102 0.020

Twist lever, adjustable length, with grid holes

Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA60 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA61 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Metal lever, plastic roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA67 1 1 unit 102 0.025

Metal lever, rubber roller 50 q B 3SE5 000-0AA68 1 1 unit 102 0.045

High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA62 1 1 unit 102 0.025

High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AA63 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Fork lever (for switches with snap-action contacts only)

Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT01 1 1 unit 102 0.050

Metal lever, 2 high-grade steel rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT02 1 1 unit 102 0.050

High-grade steel lever, 2 plastic rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT03 1 1 unit 102 0.050

High-grade steel lever, 2 high-grade steel rollers 19 q B 3SE5 000-0AT04 1 1 unit 102 0.050

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 78: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator

General data

8/78 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

The 3SF1 position switches with safety-oriented communication can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up.

With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are inte-grated in the switch enclosure.

3SF1 position switches with separate actuator and with integrated ASI-safe electronics

3SF1 position switches with separate actuator have the same enclosures as the standard switches.

Operation

The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actua-tion from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 × 90°. The switches can also be approached from above.

The actuators are not included in the scope of supply of the po-sition switch and must be ordered separately from a choice of six versions to suit the application.

The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices is impossible.

A high-grade steel blocking insert for attaching up to eight pad-locks is available for even more safety.

A rubber cap to protect the metal enclosure from contamination is available for operation in dusty environments.

Display

The switches have a status display with three LEDs:• LED 1 (yellow): F-IN1• LED 2 (yellow): F-IN2• LED 3 (green/red): AS-i/FAULT

Connection

Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12 con-nector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow AS-Inter-face bus cable.

The wide enclosures (50 or 56 mm) also have an M12 socket for connecting a second position switch. Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1 is thus achieved.

■ Benefits

The new generation of 3SF1 position switches with separate ac-tuator offers:• ASIsafe Electronics integrated in the enclosure,

with low power consumption < 60 mA• An extensive range of actuators• Status display with three LEDs

■ Application

Position switches with separate actuator are used where the po-sition of doors, covers or protective grills must be monitored for safety reasons.

The position switch can only be operated with the matching coded actuator. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices is impossible.

Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the partic-ular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be per-formed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular pur-pose. Dimensions, fixing points of the enclosure are in accordance with EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.

The devices are suitable for use in any climate.

Standards

The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Volt-age Switchgear and Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1 (Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices).

The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the require-ments of the failsafe principle acc. to EN 1088.

Approvals

AS-Interface acc. to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2.

With a 3SF1 position switch it is possible to achieve category 3 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 2 acc. to IEC 61508.

Category 4 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 can be achieved by using a second 3SE5 position switch.

The 3SF1 position switches are approved acc. to UL 508, UL 50 and UL 746-C.

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 79: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator

Plastic enclosuresEnclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047 / 50 mm

8/79Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

• Contacts: 1 or 2 slow-action contacts• Status display with 3 LEDs 24 V DC;

1: F–IN1, 2: F–IN2, 3: AS-i/FAULT

• Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm)

■ Selection and ordering data

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.

Version1) Contacts DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 500475 directions of approach

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole; channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on NC contact

Slow-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SF1 234-1QV40-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.210

Enclosure width 50 mm5 directions of approach

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole; channel 1 on NC, channel 2 on M12 socket, right

Slow-action contacts 1 NC q C 3SF1 244-1QV40-1BA2 1 1 unit 121 0.220

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 80: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesWith Separate ActuatorMetal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/80 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

• Contacts: 1 or 2 slow-action contacts• Status display with 3 LEDs 24 V DC;

1: F–IN1, 2: F–IN2, 3: AS-i/FAULT

• Degree of protection IP66/IP67

■ Selection and ordering data

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.

Version1) Contacts DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 500415 directions of approach

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole; channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on NC contact

Slow-action contacts 2 NC q B 3SF1 114-1QV10-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.550

Enclosure width 56 mm5 directions of approach

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole; channel 1 on NC, channel 2 on M12 socket, right

Slow-action contacts 1 NC q C 3SF1 124-1QV10-1BA2 1 1 unit 121 0.600

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 81: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesWith Separate Actuator

Accessories

8/81Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

1) For cable boxes with molded cable see Industry Mall or Catalog FS 10.

Version DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

ActuatorsActuators

• Standard actuators, length 75.6 mm

} 3SE5 000-0AV01 1 1 unit 102 0.040

• With vertical fixing, length 53 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV02 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• With transverse fixing, length 47 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV03 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Radius actuator, left, length 51 mm, direction of approach from the left

A 3SE5 000-0AV04 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Radius actuator, length 51 mm, direction of approach from the right

A 3SE5 000-0AV06 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Universal radius actuator, length 77 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV05 1 1 unit 102 0.090

• Universal radius actuators, heavy-duty

- Length 67 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2 1 1 unit 102 0.120

- Length 77 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07 1 1 unit 102 0.090

Optional accessoriesProtective caps made of black rubber for the actuator head, to protect the actuator openings from contamination

(Only for enclosure width 40 or 56 mm)

B 3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Blocking inserts, high-grade steel, for actuator head, for up to 8 padlocks

B 3SE5 000-0AV08-1AA3 1 1 unit 102 0.065

Connections for 3SF1Cable boxes (4-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CB45 1 1 unit 574 0.015

Angular cable boxes (4-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled1)

A 3RX8 000-0CC45 1 1 unit 574 0.015

Coupling plugs (4-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assem-bled

A 3RX8 000-0CD45 1 1 unit 574 0.022

Angular coupling plugs (4-pole), M12With terminal compartment, can be pre-assem-bled

A 3RX8 000-0CE45 1 1 unit 574 0.022

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 82: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking

General data

8/82 Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

The 3SF1 position switches with safety-oriented communication can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up.

With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are inte-grated in the switch enclosure.

3SF1 position switches with solenoid interlocking and integrated ASIsafe electronics

Operation

The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actua-tion from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 × 90°. The switches can also be approached from above.

The actuators are not included in the scope of supply of the po-sition switch and must be ordered separately from a choice of six versions to suit the application.

The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices is impossible.

A high-grade steel blocking insert for attaching up to eight pad-locks is available for even more safety.

A rubber cap to protect the enclosure from contamination is available for operation in dusty environments.

Solenoid interlocking

There are two versions for locking the actuator:• Spring-actuated lock (closed-circuit principle) with various re-

lease mechanisms• Magnetic field lock (open-circuit principle)

For more explanations see page 8/59.

Display

The switches have a status display with four LEDs:• LED 1 (green): AS-i• LED 2 (red): FAULT• LED 3 (yellow): F-IN1• LED 4 (yellow): F-IN2

Connection

Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12 con-nector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow AS-Inter-face bus cable (no additional supply of auxiliary power is re-quired thanks to the low current consumption of the solenoid of max. 170 mA).

■ Benefits

The new generation of 3SF1 3 position switches with solenoid in-terlocking offers:• More safety through higher locking forces:

- 1300 N for the plastic version- 2600 N for the metal version

• Various release mechanisms: lock release, escape release and emergency release

• ASIsafe Electronics integrated in the enclosure; connected through 4-pole M12 connector socket

• Current consumption of the solenoid max. 170 mA• Two contact blocks as standard equipment, hence fewer ver-

sions needed• Same dimensions for all enclosure variants:

Plastic, metal• An extensive range of actuators• Status display with four LEDs

■ Application

The position switches with solenoid interlocking are exceptional safety-related devices which prevent an unforeseen or inten-tional opening of protective doors, protective grills or other cov-ers as long as a dangerous situation is present (i. e. follow-on motion of the switched off machine).

The safety position switches with solenoid interlocking have the following functions:• Enabling the machine or process with closed and locked pro-

tective device• Locking the machine or process with opened protective de-

vice• Position monitoring of the protective device and solenoid inter-

locking

Standards

The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Volt-age Switchgear and Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1 (Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices).

The mechanical design of the switch corresponds to the require-ments of the failsafe principle acc. to EN 1088.

Approvals

AS-Interface acc. to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2.

The switches are approved for use with locking devices acc. to EN 1088 and EN 292, Parts 1 and 2.

3SE5 3 position switches with solenoid interlocking bear the VDE test mark for tested acc. to GS-ET19 (Test Principles of the German Trade Association for Locking Devices with Electromag-netic Interlocks).

With a 3SF1 3 position switch it is possible to achieve category 3 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 2 acc. to IEC 61508.

Category 4 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 can be achieved by using a second 3SE5 position switch.

The 3SF1 position switches are approved acc. to UL 508, UL 50 and UL 746-C.

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 83: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesWith Solenoid Interlocking

Plastic enclosuresWith locking force greater than 1200 N

8/83Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

5 directions of approach · Degree of protection IP66/IP67• Slow-action contacts:

- Version -1BA1: ASIsafe channel 1 on 1 NC contact from the actuator and channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the solenoid

- Version -1BA3: ASIsafe channel 1 on 1 NC contact from the actuator and channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the actuator

• Solenoid: Rated operational voltage 24 V DC• Locking force 1300 N (1000 N acc. to GS-ET 19)• Status display with 4 LEDs 24 V DC;

1: AS-i, 2: FAULT, 3: F–IN1, 4: F–IN2

■ Selection and ordering data

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.

For 4-pole cable boxes and optional accessories see page 8/63.

Interlock1) ContactsActua-tors/Sole-noids

DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

1300 N locking force · Enclosure width 54 mm

3SF1 324-1SD21-...

Spring-actuated locks

• With auxiliary release 1 NC/1 NC q B 3SF1 324-1SD21-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.600

• With auxiliary release 2 NC/-- q C 3SF1 324-1SD21-1BA3 1 1 unit 121 0.600

• With auxiliary release with lock 1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 324-1SE21-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.760

3SF1 324-1SF21-...

• With escape release from the front

1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 324-1SF21-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.620

• With escape release from the back and auxiliary release from the front

1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 324-1SG21-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.640

• With emergency release from the back and auxiliary release from the front

1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 324-1SJ21-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.650

3SF1 324-1SB21-...

Magnetic field lock 1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 324-1SB21-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.600

2 NC/-- q C 3SF1 324-1SB21-1BA3 1 1 unit 121 0.600

ActuatorsActuators

• Standard actuators, length 75.6 mm

} 3SE5 000-0AV01 1 1 unit 102 0.040

• With vertical fixing, length 53 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV02 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• With transverse fixing, length 47 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV03 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Radius actuators, length 51 mm

- Direction of approach from the left A 3SE5 000-0AV04 1 1 unit 102 0.070

- Direction of approach from the right A 3SE5 000-0AV06 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Universal radius actuator, length 77 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV05 1 1 unit 102 0.090

• Universal radius actuators, heavy-duty

- Length 67 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2 1 1 unit 102 0.120

- Length 77 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07 1 1 unit 102 0.090

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 84: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesWith Solenoid InterlockingMetal enclosuresWith locking force greater than 2000 N

8/84 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

5 directions of approach · Degree of protection IP66/IP67• Slow-action contacts:

ASIsafe channel 1 on 1 NC contact from the actuator and channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the solenoid

• Solenoid: Rated operational voltage 24 V DC• Locking force 2600 N (2000 N acc. to GS-ET 19)• Status display with 4 LEDs 24 V DC;

1: AS-i, 2: FAULT, 3: F–IN1, 4: F–IN2

■ Selection and ordering data

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.

For 4-pole cable boxes and optional accessories see page 8/63.

Interlock1) ContactsActua-tors/Sole-noids

DT Complete units PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

2600 N locking force · Enclosure width 54 mm

3SF1 314-1SD21-...

Spring-actuated locks

• With auxiliary release 1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 314-1SD11-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 1.060

• With auxiliary release with lock 1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 314-1SE11-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 1.220

3SF1 314-1SF21-,,,

• With escape release from the front

1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 314-1SF11-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 1.060

• With escape release from the back and auxiliary release from the front

1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 314-1SG11-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 1.080

• With emergency release from the back and auxiliary release from the front

1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 314-1SJ11-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 1.100

3SF1 314-1BF21-,,,

Magnetic field lock 1 NC/1 NC q C 3SF1 314-1SB11-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 1.060

ActuatorsActuators

• Standard actuators, length 75.6 mm

} 3SE5 000-0AV01 1 1 unit 102 0.040

• With vertical fixing, length 53 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV02 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• With transverse fixing, length 47 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV03 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Radius actuators, length 51 mm

- Direction of approach from the left A 3SE5 000-0AV04 1 1 unit 102 0.070

- Direction of approach from the right A 3SE5 000-0AV06 1 1 unit 102 0.070

• Universal radius actuator, length 77 mm

A 3SE5 000-0AV05 1 1 unit 102 0.090

• Universal radius actuators, heavy-duty

- Length 67 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07-1AK2 1 1 unit 102 0.120

- Length 77 mm A 3SE5 000-0AV07 1 1 unit 102 0.090

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 85: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesHinge SwitchesPlastic enclosures

Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047 / 50 mm

8/85Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

The 3SF1 hinge switches with safety-oriented communication can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up.

With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are inte-grated in the switch enclosure.

The hinge switches are provided for mounting on hinges. There are two actuator variants here:• Hollow shaft, inner diameter 8 mm, outer 12 mm• Solid shaft, diameter 10 mm

For the ASIsafe version of the hinge switch, the basic switch and twist actuator must be ordered separately. The basic switches correspond to the position switches of the standard version (only use versions with snap-action contacts).

The standards and approvals are the same as for the 3SF1 stan-dard switches (see page 8/73).

■ Selection and ordering data

Modular system

1 or 2 contacts · 3 LEDs · Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm) · M12 connector socket

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. For 4-pole cable boxes see page 8/49.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches · Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

ASIsafe basic switch

With teflon plunger, with M12 connector socket, 4-pole channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on NC contact

Snap-action contacts 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SF1 234-1LC05-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.170

Basic switches · Enclosure width 50 mm

ASIsafe basic switch

With teflon plunger, with M12 connector socket, 4-pole channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on M12 socket, right

Snap-action contacts 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SF1 244-1LC05-1BA2 1 1 unit 121 0.180

Actuator heads

Twist actuator with hollow shaft

With hollow shaft

Operating angle 10° B 3SE5 000-0AU21 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Twist actuator with solid shaft

With solid shaft

Operating angle 10° B 3SE5 000-0AU22 1 1 unit 102 0.052

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 86: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SF1 AS-Interface Position SwitchesHinge SwitchesMetal enclosuresEnclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041 / 56 mm

8/86 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Overview

The 3SF1 hinge switches with safety-oriented communication can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up.

With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics are inte-grated in the switch enclosure.

The hinge switches are provided for mounting on hinges. There are two actuator variants here:• Hollow shaft, inner diameter 8 mm, outer 12 mm• Solid shaft, diameter 10 mm

For the ASIsafe version of the hinge switch, the basic switch and twist actuator must be ordered separately. The basic switches correspond to the position switches of the standard version (only use versions with snap-action contacts).

The standards and approvals are the same as for the 3SF1 stan-dard switches (see page 8/73).

■ Selection and ordering data

Modular system

1 or 2 contacts · 3 LEDs · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · M12 connector socket

q Positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. For 4-pole cable boxes see page 8/49.

Version Contacts LEDs DT Modular system PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

Order No. Priceper PU kg

Basic switches · Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

ASIsafe basic switch

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole Channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on NC contact

Snap-action contacts 2 NC 24 V DC q B 3SF1 114-1LA00-1BA1 1 1 unit 121 0.400

Basic switches · Enclosure width 56 mm

ASIsafe basic switch

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole Channel 1 on NC contact, channel 2 on M12 socket, right

Snap-action contacts 1 NC 24 V DC q C 3SF1 124-1LA00-1BA2 1 1 unit 121 0.470

Actuator heads

Twist actuator with hollow shaft

Hollow shaft

Operating angle 10° B 3SE5 000-0AU21 1 1 unit 102 0.030

Twist actuator with solid shaft

Solid shaft

Operating angle 10° B 3SE5 000-0AU22 1 1 unit 102 0.052

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 87: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE6 Magnetically Operated Switches

Magnetic monitoring systems

8/87Siemens LV 1 · 2010

8

■ Overview

Switching magnets and contact blocks

A magnetically operated switch is comprised of a coded switch-ing magnet and a contact block (sensor unit). Evaluation re-quires a safety relay or connection to a bus system.

3SE6 806 safety relay

Up to six protective devices (sensors) can be connected to the safety relay.

Enabling range (example)

The device has six current-sourcing semiconductor outputs (Y1 ... Y6), which report the state of the connected protective de-vices.

The 3SE6 806 safety relay has two floating enabling circuits (safe circuits) as NO contact circuits and one floating signaling circuit as a NC circuit. The number of enabling circuits can be in-creased by adding one or more 3TK28 30 expansion modules.

■ Application

SIRIUS 3SE6 magnetically operated switches are designed for mounting on movable protective guards (hoods, hinge switches, doors, etc.). Evaluation can be performed by means of a safety relay or through connection to a bus system.

The 3SE6 6 non-contact, magnetically operated safety switches stand out due to their enclosed design with degree of protection IP67. They are particularly suitable therefore for areas exposed to contamination, cleaning or disinfecting.

A magnetic monitoring system comprises one or more magneti-cally operated switches and an evaluation unit, e. g. a safety re-lay. When contact blocks 1 NO + 1 NC are used the 3SE6 806 safety relay provides a high degree of protection against manip-ulation and can be installed in safety circuits up to Category 3 acc. to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1).

Combination of monitoring unit and magnetically operated switch

53

NSC0_00637a

2

4

5

5,5

6

45

5,56

43

21

0

Monitoring units Magnetically operated switches (contact block + switching magnet)

Achievable category (EN 954-1)/Performance level (EN ISO 13849-1)

1 NC + 1 NO 2 NC

3SE6 605-1BA 3SE6 605-2BA 3SE6 605-3BA 3SE6 604-2BA

3SE6 704-1BA 3SE6 704-2BA 3SE6 704-3BA 3SE6 704-2BA

Relay outputs

SIRIUS safety relays, 6-fold

3SE6 806-2CD00 ✔ ✔ ✔ -- Cat. 3

SIRIUS safety relays 3TK28 26 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cat. 4/e

Solid-state outputs

SIRIUS safety relays 3TK28 40 -- -- -- ✔ Cat. 3/d

3TK28 41, 3TK28 42, 3TK28 45 -- -- -- ✔ Cat. 4/e

SIRIUS safety relays with contactor relay

3TK28 50, 3TK28 51, 3TK28 52 -- -- -- ✔ Cat. 3/d

3TK28 53 -- -- -- ✔ Cat. 4/e

SIRIUS safe load feeders 3RA71 0. -- -- -- ✔ Cat. 3

3RA71 1. -- -- -- ✔ Cat. 4

ASIsafe compact safety modules 3RK1 205, 3RK1 405 -- -- -- ✔ Cat. 4

SIMATIC S7-31xF-2 DP or SIMATIC ET 200M

SM 326 F, 24 DI, 24 V DC, SM 326 F, 8 DI, NAMUR

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cat. 4

SIMATIC ET 200S PROFIsafe 4/8 F-DI / 3 F-DO, 24 V DC ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cat. 3

4/8 F DI, 24 V DC ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cat. 4

SIMATIC ET 200eco 4/8 F DI, 24 V DC ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cat. 4

SIMATIC ET 200pro 8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC, 4/8 F-DI / 4 F-DO 2 A, 24 V DC, F-Switch

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cat. 4

Modular Safety System 3RK3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cat. 4/e

© Siemens AG 2010

Page 88: LV1 2010 EN...3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 Position Switches Conversion to 3SE5, 3SF1 Siemens LV 1 · 2010 8/5 8 Old Order No. New Order No. New Order No. – modular system 3SE2 Complete units

3SE6 Magnetically Operated Switches

Magnetic monitoring systems

8/88 Siemens LV 1 · 2010* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

8

■ Selection and ordering data

For more monitoring units, see Chapters 6 and 7 and Catalog IK PI.

Version Size Contacts DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

mm kg

Round sensor unitsSwitching magnets (coded) M30 A 3SE6 704-1BA 1 1 unit 102 0.035

Contact blocks

• With cable, 3 m M30 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6 605-1BA 1 1 unit 102 0.165

• With M12 plug, 4-pole M30 1 NO + 1 NC C 3SE6 605-1BA02 1 1 unit 102 0.040

Rectangular sensor unitsSwitching magnets (coded) 25 × 88 A 3SE6 704-2BA 1 1 unit 102 0.027

Contact blocks

• With cable, 3 m 25 × 88 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6 605-2BA 1 1 unit 102 0.165

2 NC A 3SE6 604-2BA 1 1 unit 102 0.165

• With M8 plug, 4-pole 25 × 88 1 NO + 1 NC C 3SE6 605-2BA01 1 1 unit 102 0.040

2 NC C 3SE6 604-2BA01 1 1 unit 102 0.130

Switching magnets (coded) 25 × 33 A 3SE6 704-3BA 1 1 unit 102 0.014

Contact blocks with cable, 3 m

25 × 33 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6 605-3BA 1 1 unit 102 0.150

AccessoriesSpacers 25 × 88 D 3SX3 260 1 1 unit 102 0.015

Spacers 25 × 33 D 3SX3 261 1 1 unit 102 0.010

Version Number of sensors

Enabling/signaling circuits

DT Order No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG Weightper PU

approx.

kg

Monitoring unitsSafety relays with relay output, 6-fold

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC

6 2 NO / 1 NC B 3SE6 806-2CD00 1 1 unit 102 0.200

© Siemens AG 2010